4. 分别品显示巴利原文
4. Vibhaṅgavaggo
1. 善一夜者经注显示巴利原文
1. Bhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā
272 272.“如是我闻”等说,是为《善一夜者经》。其中,「善一夜者」:指因具足观禅的修习,而拥有一个极美妙夜晚的人。「总纲」:即作为纲要的部分。「分别」:即详细展开解释的部分。显示巴利原文
272.Evaṃme sutanti bhaddekarattasuttaṃ. Tattha bhaddekarattassāti vipassanānuyogasamannāgatattā bhaddakassa ekarattassa. Uddesanti mātikaṃ. Vibhaṅganti vitthārabhājanīyaṃ.
「过去」:指过去的五蕴。「不应随行」:指不应以贪爱和邪见去追随。「不应期望」:指不应以贪爱和邪见去期盼。「那些过去」:这一句在此是说明缘由的话。因为凡已过去者,皆已被舍断、已息灭、已消失,所以不应再去追随;又因凡属未来者,皆尚未到达、尚未生起、尚未产生,所以也不应去期盼。显示巴利原文
Atītanti atīte pañcakkhandhe. Nānvāgameyyāti taṇhādiṭṭhīhi nānugaccheyya. Nappaṭikaṅkheti taṇhādiṭṭhīhi na pattheyya. Yadatītanti idamettha kāraṇavacanaṃ. Yasmā yaṃ atītaṃ, taṃ pahīnaṃ niruddhaṃ atthaṅgataṃ, tasmā taṃ puna nānugaccheyya. Yasmā ca yaṃ anāgataṃ, taṃ appattaṃ ajātaṃ anibbattaṃ, tasmā tampi na pattheyya.
“处处”:对于现在生起的法,不论它在何处生起,修行者便在彼处以无常随观等七种观法进行观察;若在林野等处,也即于彼处观察。“不可动摇、不可破坏”:此语是为阐明“毗婆舍那”与“反思惟毗婆舍那”而说。因为毗婆舍那不会被贪等烦恼所动摇、所破坏,故称“不可动摇、不可破坏”。应当修习、增长这种观,这便是所谓的“反思惟毗婆舍那”。另一种解释是:涅槃不被贪等所动摇、所破坏,故称“不可动摇、不可破坏”。一位具足智慧、贤明的比丘应当致力于此,即:反复以涅槃为所缘,进入各类果等至,从而不断增长此修习。显示巴利原文
Tattha tatthāti paccuppannampi dhammaṃ yattha yattheva uppanno, tattha tattheva ca naṃ aniccānupassanādīhi sattahi anupassanāhi yo vipassati araññādīsu vā tattha tattheva vipassati. Asaṃhīraṃasaṃkuppanti idaṃ vipassanāpaṭivipassanādassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Vipassanā hi rāgādīhi na saṃhīrati na saṃkuppatīti asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppaṃ, taṃ anubrūhaye vaḍḍheyya, paṭivipasseyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Atha vā nibbānaṃ rāgādīhi na saṃhīrati na saṃkuppatīti asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppaṃ. Taṃ vidvā paṇḍito bhikkhu anubrūhaye, punappunaṃ tadārammaṇaṃ taṃ taṃ phalasamāpattiṃ appento vaḍḍheyyāti attho.
然而,为利益那正在修习的人,佛说:“今日即应作精进”——以热忱燃烧、煎烤烦恼而得名的精进力,今日便应付诸行动。“谁能确知死亡于明日到来?”:明日是继续存活,抑或死亡降临,谁能确切知晓?这是为了教导:莫生起“今天还有些杂务未了,待明日或后日再作”之心,而应生起“我今日便要布施,我今日便要持守戒律,乃至任何善法,我今日便当践行”的精进力。“拥有大军”:火、毒、刀剑等众多死缘,便是死王的大军。因拥有如此大军,故与那死王之间,没有所谓“请您稍待数日,容我完成供佛等自己的事务”这般朋友友好的约定;亦无“请收下这成百上千的财货,再宽限几日”这般贿赂的约定;更无“我将以这些强大的军队来击退你”这般以武力对抗的约定。此处所说的“约定”,实为对友善、贿赂、示现武力这些方式的称呼。此义因而被阐明。显示巴利原文
Tassa pana anubrūhantassa atthāya – ajjeva kiccamātappanti kilesānaṃ ātāpanaparitāpanena ātappanti laddhanāmaṃ vīriyaṃ ajjeva kātabbaṃ. Ko jaññā maraṇaṃ suveti sve jīvitaṃ vā maraṇaṃ vā ko jānāti. Ajjeva dānaṃ vā dassāmi, sīlaṃ vā rakkhissāmi, aññataraṃ vā pana kusalaṃ karissāmīti hi ‘‘ajja tāva papañco atthi, sve vā punadivase vā karissāmī’’ti cittaṃ anuppādetvā ajjeva karissāmīti evaṃ vīriyaṃ kātabbanti dasseti. Mahāsenenāti aggivisasatthādīni anekāni maraṇakāraṇāni tassa senā, tāya mahatiyā senāya vasena mahāsenena evarūpena maccunā saddhiṃ ‘‘katipāhaṃ tāva āgamehi yāvāhaṃ buddhapūjādiṃ attano avassayakammaṃ karomī’’ti . Evaṃ mittasanthavākārasaṅkhāto vā, ‘‘idaṃ sataṃ vā sahassaṃ vā gahetvā katipāhaṃ āgamehī’’ti evaṃ lañjānuppadānasaṅkhāto vā, ‘‘imināhaṃ balarāsinā paṭibāhissāmī’’ti evaṃ balarāsisaṅkhāto vā saṅgaro natthi. Saṅgaroti hi mittasanthavākāralañjānuppadānabalarāsīnaṃ nāmaṃ, tasmā ayamattho vutto.
“不放逸”:即不懈怠、振奋精勤。因能如此修行,他便拥有一个善妙的夜晚,故名“一夜贤善者”。如此,那依之修行的人便被称作:“此是一位一夜贤善者。”由寂然止息了贪等烦恼的佛陀圣者,如此宣说。显示巴利原文
Atanditanti analasaṃ uṭṭhāhakaṃ. Evaṃ paṭipannattā bhaddo ekaratto assāti bhaddekaratto. Iti taṃ evaṃ paṭipannapuggalaṃ ‘‘bhaddekaratto aya’’nti. Rāgādīnaṃ santatāya santo buddhamuni ācikkhati.
273 在“如是色”等句中:即使原本是黑色的,也成了犹如蓝宝石般的颜色——这是以可意的色身为依,而认为“我具有了如是色”。以善的、有喜有乐的受为依,而认为“我具有了如是受”。以与它相应的那些想、行、识为依,而认为“我具有了如是想、如是行、如是识”。这些都是指过去长时而言的。显示巴利原文
273.Evaṃrūpotiādīsu kāḷopi samāno indanīlamaṇivaṇṇo ahosinti evaṃ manuññarūpavaseneva evaṃrūpo ahosiṃ. Kusalasukhasomanassavedanāvaseneva evaṃvedano. Taṃsampayuttānaṃyeva saññādīnaṃ vasena evaṃsañño evaṃsaṅkhāro evaṃviññāṇo ahosiṃ atītamaddhānanti.
其中,“随入喜”是说对于那些色等,随入渴爱,也就是令渴爱转起。然而,若是低劣的色等,他便不会这样认为:“我过去具有如是色……我具有如是识。”显示巴利原文
Tattha nandiṃ samanvānetīti tesu rūpādīsu taṇhaṃ samanvāneti anupavatteti. Hīnarūpādivasena pana evaṃrūpo ahosiṃ…pe… evaṃviññāṇo ahosinti na maññati.
“不随入喜”是指不令渴爱转起,或不令与渴爱相应的邪见转起。显示巴利原文
Nandiṃ na samanvānetīti taṇhaṃ vā taṇhāsampayuttadiṭṭhiṃ vā nānupavattayati.
274 对于“我曾是如此之色”等语句,也应当了知,那仅仅是依于那些可喜的色等,而转起的、称为渴爱与邪见的「随入喜」。显示巴利原文
274.Evaṃrūpo siyantiādīsupi taṃmanuññarūpādivaseneva taṇhādiṭṭhipavattasaṅkhātā nandisamanvānayanāva veditabbā.
275 “诸比丘,如何于现在法中被牵引?”——这是为了解释这一开示:“于处处对现在法修观者,即为无牵引、不动。”虽然此处按理应说“诸比丘,如何对现在法不修观”等,但由于“无牵引”与“不动”就被称为观,为了显示无观与有观两种情形,所以提出“被牵引”作为论母而详细解说。其中,“被牵引”是指由于没有观而被渴爱与邪见所牵引;“不被牵引”是指由于修习观而不被渴爱与邪见牵引。其余各处都是浅显易懂的。显示巴利原文
275.Kathañca, bhikkhave, paccuppannesu dhammesu saṃhīratīti idaṃ ‘‘paccuppannañca yo dhammaṃ, tattha tattha vipassati. Asaṃhīraṃ asaṃkuppa’’nti uddesassa niddesatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Kāmañcettha ‘‘kathañca, bhikkhave, paccuppannaṃ dhammaṃ na vipassatī’’tiādi vattabbaṃ siyā, yasmā pana asaṃhīrāti ca asaṃkuppāti ca vipassanā vuttā, tasmā tassā eva abhāvañca bhāvañca dassetuṃ saṃhīratīti mātikaṃ uddharitvā vitthāro vutto. Tattha saṃhīratīti vipassanāya abhāvato taṇhādiṭṭhīhi ākaḍḍhiyati. Na saṃhīratīti vipassanāya bhāvena taṇhādiṭṭhīhi nākaḍḍhiyati. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
《阿难善一夜者经》注释显示巴利原文
2. Ānandabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā
276 “如是我闻”,这是《阿难善一夜者经》。其中,“出隐居”是指从果等至中出定。他问道:“诸比丘,是谁呢?”——这是明知故问,意在发起谈话。显示巴利原文
276.Evaṃme sutanti ānandabhaddekarattasuttaṃ. Tattha paṭisallānā vuṭṭhitoti phalasamāpattito vuṭṭhito. Ko nu kho, bhikkhaveti jānantova kathāsamuṭṭhāpanatthaṃ pucchi.
278 “善哉,善哉!”这是向长老发出的赞叹声。而“善哉,你真是!”则是世尊为赞叹长老以圆满、清净的文句说法而说的话。其余各处,文义显然。显示巴利原文
278.Sādhu sādhūti therassa sādhukāramadāsi. Sādhu kho tvanti parimaṇḍalehi padabyañjanehi parisuddhehi kathitattā desanaṃ pasaṃsanto āha. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
《大迦旃延善一夜者经》注释显示巴利原文
3. Mahākaccānabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā
279 《大迦旃延贤善一夜者经》以“如是我闻”为始。其中,“温泉园”是指因有热水之湖而得名的园林。据说,在毗婆罗山下,有地居龙的龙宫,广达五百由旬,犹如天界,以宝石为地,并具足园林与苑林。那里有一处供龙王嬉戏的大湖,从湖中流出一条名为“温泉”的河,河水沸腾、滚烫。何以如此?据说,王舍城被大饿鬼界所环绕,这条温泉河即从其中两座大铁釜地狱之间流过,因此沸腾而流。正如经中所说:“比丘们,此温泉河所流经之处,其湖水清澈、清凉、甘甜、洁白,有很好的浴场,令人愉悦,且有众多鱼龟,绽放着车轮般大小的莲花。然而,比丘们,这温泉河是从两座大地狱之间流过来的,因此它沸腾地流淌。”(《波罗夷》231)而在这座园林的正前方,从那个大湖又形成了一个大水池,此寺院即因这水池之名,而被称作“温泉园”。显示巴利原文
279.Evaṃme sutanti mahākaccānabhaddekarattasuttaṃ. Tattha tapodārāmeti tattodakassa rahadassa vasena evaṃladdhanāme ārāme. Vebhārapabbatassa kira heṭṭhā bhūmaṭṭhakanāgānaṃ pañcayojanasatikaṃ nāgabhavanaṃ devalokasadisaṃ maṇimayena talena ārāmauyyānehi ca samannāgataṃ, tattha nāgānaṃ kīḷanaṭṭhāne mahāudakarahado, tato tapodā nāma nadī sandati kuthitā uṇhodakā. Kasmā panesā edisā jātā? Rājagahaṃ kira parivāretvā mahā petaloko, tattha dvinnaṃ mahālohakumbhinirayānaṃ antarena ayaṃ tapodā āgacchati, tasmā sā kuthitā sandati. Vuttampi cetaṃ – ‘‘yatāyaṃ, bhikkhave, tapodā sandati, so daho acchodako sītodako sātodako setodako suppatittho ramaṇīyo pahūtamacchakacchapo, cakkamattāni ca padumāni pupphanti . Apicāyaṃ, bhikkhave, tapodā dvinnaṃ mahānirayānaṃ antarikāya āgacchati, tenāyaṃ tapodā kuthitā sandatī’’ti (pārā. 231). Imassa pana ārāmassa abhisammukhaṭṭhāne tato mahāudakarahado jāto, tassa nāmavasenāyaṃ vihāro tapodārāmoti vuccati.
280 “三弥提”:据说这位长老的身相圆满、容貌端丽、令人悦意,因此便以“三弥提”为名。“前梵行”:指作为道梵行的前分,属于前行道。“善逝如此说已,便从座起身”:此句应依照《蜜丸经》(《中部》1.199等)中所说而广释。显示巴利原文
280.Samiddhīti tassa kira therassa attabhāvo samiddho abhirūpo pāsādiko, tasmā samiddhitveva saṅkhaṃ gato. Ādibrahmacariyakoti maggabrahmacariyassa ādi pubbabhāgappaṭipattibhūto. Idaṃ vatvāna sugato uṭṭhāyāsanāti madhupiṇḍikasutte (ma. ni. 1.199 ādayo) vuttanayeneva vitthāretabbaṃ.
282 “我过去的眼是如此,色是如此”——在这部经中,世尊实际上是以十二处来建立论母的。长老也获得了这样的理解:“世尊在前面两部经及上面的第四部经,这三部经是以五取蕴来建立论母与分别的;但在此经中,则是为了以十二处来进行分别解说而建立了论母。”于是,他这样说道。当长老获得这一理趣,他行了一件极为殊胜之事:于无路处开辟道路,于虚空中留下足迹。因此,世尊就这部经而说:“比丘们,在我的比丘声闻弟子中,对于我简要所说的法义,能详细分析其义理的,大迦旃延最为第一。”(《增支部》1.197)将他置于最上之位。在这里,“眼”指眼净色。“色”指由四种因所生之色,依此类推,其余诸处也应如此理解。“识”指带有爱染的识。“他对此欢喜”,是指以渴爱与邪见的方式欢喜于那眼与色。“随之而行”,是指以渴爱与邪见而随行。显示巴利原文
282.Iti me cakkhunti imasmiṃ kira sutte bhagavā dvādasāyatanavaseneva mātikaṃ ṭhapesi. Theropi ‘‘bhagavatā heṭṭhā dvīsu, upari catutthe cāti imesu tīsu suttesu pañcakkhandhavasena mātikā ca vibhaṅgo ca kato, idha pana dvādasāyatanavaseneva vibhajanatthaṃ mātikā ṭhapitā’’ti nayaṃ paṭilabhitvā evamāha. Imaṃ pana nayaṃ labhantena therena bhāriyaṃ kataṃ, apade padaṃ dassitaṃ, ākāse padaṃ kataṃ, tena naṃ bhagavā imameva suttaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘etadaggaṃ , bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ vibhajantānaṃ yadidaṃ mahākaccāno’’ti (a. ni. 1.197) etadagge ṭhapesi. Ettha pana cakkhūti cakkhupasādo. Rūpāti catusamuṭṭhānikarūpā. Iminā nayena sesāyatanānipi veditabbāni. Viññāṇanti nikantiviññāṇaṃ. Tadabhinandatīti taṃ cakkhuñceva rūpañca taṇhādiṭṭhivasena abhinandati. Anvāgametīti taṇhādiṭṭhīhi anugacchati.
“我过去的意是如此,法是如此”——在这里,“意”指有分心;“法”指以三界法为所缘。显示巴利原文
Iti me mano ahosi atītamaddhānaṃ iti dhammāti ettha pana manoti bhavaṅgacittaṃ. Dhammāti tebhūmakadhammārammaṇaṃ.
283 “Paṇidahati(导向、确立)”:指以愿求的方式将其确立。“Paṇidhānapaccayā(以确立为缘)”:指由于确立愿求这个原因。其余各处文义皆浅显易明。显示巴利原文
283.Paṇidahatīti patthanāvasena ṭhapesi. Paṇidhānapaccayāti patthanāṭṭhapanakāraṇā. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
第四 《罗摩塞咖亚贤善一夜者经》注释显示巴利原文
4. Lomasakaṅgiyabhaddekarattasuttavaṇṇanā
286 《洛玛塞迦亚贤善一夜者经》以“如是我闻”开篇。经题中的“洛玛塞迦亚”:据说这是一位长老的名字,因为他的身体略有毛相,故以“洛玛塞迦亚”广为人知。“旃檀天子”:据说在迦叶正自觉者时代,有一位名叫旃檀的优婆塞,富裕多财,他以四种资具供养三宝,死后投生天界,沿用旧名而称为旃檀天子。“在黄色毛毯石上”:即在红色的毛毯石上。据说那块石头的颜色如同堆积的胜意花,故此得名“黄色毛毯石”。显示巴利原文
286.Evaṃme sutanti lomasakaṅgiyabhaddekarattasuttaṃ. Tattha lomasakaṅgiyoti aṅgathero kira nāmesa, kāyassa pana īsakalomasākāratāya lomasakaṅgiyoti pākaṭo jāto. Candanodevaputtoti kassapasammāsambuddhakāle kiresa candano nāma upāsako aḍḍho mahaddhano tīṇi ratanāni catūhi paccayehi pūjetvā devaloke nibbatto, purimanāmena candano devaputtotveva saṅkhaṃ gato. Paṇḍukambalasilāyanti rattakambalasilāyaṃ. Tassā kira rattakambalasseva jayasumanapuppharāsi viya vaṇṇo, tasmā ‘‘paṇḍukambalasilā’’ti vuccati.
那么,世尊是何时住于彼处的呢?世尊于菩提树下成道后的第七年,在舍卫城,阿沙荼月满月之日,在十二由旬的大众中示现双神变,随后从空中下来,坐于藤亭树下所敷的胜妙佛座,以说法将大众从大危难中救拔出来。由于诸佛示现神变后不住人间,世尊便在大众的目睹下,步行前往三十三天,在巴利恰答咖树下、黄色毛毯石上进入雨安居。正是在那时,世尊住于彼处。显示巴利原文
Kadā pana tattha bhagavā vihāsīti? Bodhipattito sattame saṃvacchare sāvatthiyaṃ āsāḷhīmāsapuṇṇamāya dvādasayojanāya parisāya majjhe yamakapāṭihāriyaṃ katvā oruyha kaṇḍambamūle paññattavarabuddhāsane nisīditvā dhammadesanāya mahājanaṃ mahāviduggato uddharitvā buddhā nāma yasmā pāṭihāriyaṃ katvā manussapathe na vasanti, tasmā passamānasseva tassa janassa padavīkkamaṃ katvā tāvatiṃsabhavane pāricchattakamūle paṇḍukambalasilāyaṃ vassaṃ upagato, tasmiṃ samaye vihāsi.
“在那里,世尊”:是指住于那里的世尊。他通常由来自一万个轮围世界的天众围绕,先使母亲成为身证者之后,宣说阿毗达摩藏,阐述甚深、微妙、触及三法印的色与非色分别论。对于那些未能通达的天神,为了令他们生起悚惧,世尊其间穿插开示了《贤善一夜者》的总说与详释。当时,那位天子在学习时,连同详释一起学了这些偈颂,但由于天人的本性耽于放逸,为天界的所缘不断逼促,他便渐渐忘失经文,只记住了偈颂本身。因此他说:‘比丘,我如此忆持《贤善一夜者》的偈颂。’显示巴利原文
Tatra bhagavāti tatra viharanto bhagavā yebhuyyena dasahi cakkavāḷasahassehi sannipatitāhi devatāhi parivuto mātaraṃ kāyasakkhiṃ katvā abhidhammapiṭakaṃ kathento gambhīraṃ nipuṇaṃ tilakkhaṇāhataṃ rūpārūpaparicchedakathaṃ paṭivijjhituṃ asakkontānaṃ devānaṃ saṃvegajananatthaṃ antarantarā bhaddekarattassa uddesañca vibhaṅgañca abhāsi. Tatrāyaṃ devaputto uggaṇhanto imā gāthā saddhiṃ vibhaṅgena uggaṇhi, devattassa pana pamādādhiṭṭhānattā dibbehi ārammaṇehi nippīḷiyamāno anupubbena suttaṃ sammuṭṭho gāthāmattameva dhāresi. Tenāha ‘‘evaṃ kho ahaṃ bhikkhu dhāremi bhaddekarattiyo gāthā’’ti.
在“Uggaṇhāhitvanti”等词中,“uggāṇhāti(学习)”是指默然安坐、谛听之人;“pariyāpuṇāti(掌握)”是指出声读诵之人;“dhāreti(忆持)”是指为他人讲授之人。此中其余的文义皆很浅显。显示巴利原文
Uggaṇhāhitvantiādīsu tuṇhībhūto nisīditvā suṇanto uggaṇhāti nāma, vācāya sajjhāyaṃ karonto pariyāpuṇāti nāma, aññesaṃ vācento dhāreti nāma. Sesamettha uttānamevāti.
5.《小业分别经》的解释显示巴利原文
5. Cūḷakammavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā
289 289.“如是我闻”是《小业分别经》。其中,「须跋」:据说他容貌俊美、仪态端庄,因四肢端正匀称,故众人称他为“须跋”。而「青年」:这是他年少时的称呼,即便到了老年,众人仍沿用此称呼来唤他。「托黛雅之子」:他是波斯匿王的国师——一位名叫托黛雅的婆罗门——的儿子。据说,在离舍卫城不远处,有一个名为杜迪的村庄,由于他是该村的领主,因此被称为“托黛雅”。他虽坐拥八十七亿的巨额财富,却吝啬至极。他心想:“凡是布施财物,家财无不因此耗尽。”是以不愿给予任何人任何东西。对此,也有偈颂这样说过——显示巴利原文
289.Evaṃme sutanti cūḷakammavibhaṅgasuttaṃ. Tattha subhoti so kira dassanīyo ahosi pāsādiko, tenassa aṅgasubhatāya subhotveva nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Māṇavoti pana taṃ taruṇakāle vohariṃsu, so mahallakakālepi teneva vohārena vohariyati. Todeyyaputtoti todeyyassa nāma pasenadirañño purohitabrāhmaṇassa putto. So kira sāvatthiyā avidūre tudigāmo nāma atthi, tassa adhipatittā todeyyoti saṅkhaṃ gato. Mahādhano pana hoti sattāsītikoṭivibhavo paramamaccharī, ‘‘dadato bhogānaṃ aparikkhayo nāma natthī’’ti cintetvā kassaci kiñci na deti. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
“见眼膏逐渐耗尽,见蚁垤不断积聚,
见到蜜蜂采蜜,智者便安住在家。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Añjanānaṃ khayaṃ disvā, vammikānañca sañcayaṃ; Madhūnañca samāhāraṃ, paṇḍito gharamāvase’’ti.
他即如此教导不布施。对于住在负重精舍的正自觉者,他连一勺粥、一匙饭也不曾布施。后来他因贪恋财富而死,便投生为自己家中的狗。须跋对这只狗极尽宠爱,拿自己吃的饭喂它,还抱它到华丽床榻上睡觉。那时,世尊于破晓时分观察世间,见到这只狗,便了知因缘:“托黛雅婆罗门因贪财投生为自己家中的狗。今日我去须跋家时,这只狗一见我就会吠叫。届时我对它说句话,它便会知道‘沙门乔达摩认得我’,随后走到灶边灰中躺下。藉此因缘,须跋将与我有一番交谈;听闻佛法之后,他便会皈依三宝。而这只狗死后,则将堕入地狱。”了知这位青年将皈依三宝,世尊于那日整束仪容,独自进入村落。待到青年外出之时,便进入他家乞食。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ adānameva sikkhāpesi. Dhuravihāre vasato sammāsambuddhassa yāguuḷuṅgamattaṃ vā bhattakaṭacchumattaṃ vā adatvā dhanalobhena kālaṃ katvā tasmiṃyeva ghare sunakho hutvā nibbatto. Subho taṃ sunakhaṃ ativiya piyāyati , attano bhuñjanakabhattaṃyeva bhojeti, ukkhipitvā varasayane sayāpeti. Atha bhagavā ekadivasaṃ paccūsasamaye lokaṃ volokento taṃ sunakhaṃ disvā – ‘‘todeyyabrāhmaṇo dhanalobhena attanova ghare sunakho hutvā nibbatto, ajja mayi subhassa gharaṃ gate maṃ disvā sunakho bhukkāraṃ karissati, athassāhaṃ ekaṃ vacanaṃ vakkhāmi, so ‘jānāti maṃ samaṇo gotamo’ti gantvā uddhanaṭṭhāne nipajjissati. Tatonidānaṃ subhassa mayā saddhiṃ eko kathāsallāpo bhavissati, so dhammaṃ sutvā saraṇesu patiṭṭhahissati, sunakho pana kālaṃ katvā niraye nibbattissatī’’ti imaṃ māṇavassa saraṇesu patiṭṭhānabhāvaṃ ñatvā bhagavā taṃ divasaṃ sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ katvā ekakova gāmaṃ pavisitvā nikkhante māṇave taṃ gharaṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi.
那只狗看到世尊后,一边吠叫一边跑到世尊跟前。世尊便对它说:“托黛雅,你过去也以‘喂,尊者’这样的言语轻慢我,如今投生为狗,现在又对我吠叫,你将因此堕入阿鼻地狱。”狗听了心想:“沙门乔达摩知道我了”,深感后悔,便低下头,走到灶灰间躺下。大家想把狗抱起放回床上,却无法做到。须跋回来问:“是谁把狗从床上赶下来了?”大家回答说没有人这么做,并把经过告诉了他。青年听后说:“我父亲是投生梵天的,哪里有什么叫托黛雅的狗。反而是沙门乔达摩把我父亲说成是狗,此人信口胡说,想怎么说就怎么说!”他极为恼怒,想以“世尊妄语”的罪名责备世尊,于是前往精舍质问那件事。显示巴利原文
Sunakho bhagavantaṃ disvā bhukkāraṃ karonto bhagavato samīpaṃ gato. Tato naṃ bhagavā etadavoca – ‘‘todeyya tvaṃ pubbepi maṃ bho bhoti paribhavitvā sunakho jāto, idānipi bhukkāraṃ katvā avīciṃ gamissasī’’ti. Sunakho taṃ sutvā – ‘‘jānāti maṃ samaṇo gotamo’’ti vippaṭisārī hutvā gīvaṃ onāmetvā uddhanantare chārikāyaṃ nipanno. Manussā ukkhipitvā sayane sayāpetuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Subho āgantvā – ‘‘kenāyaṃ sunakho sayanā oropito’’ti āha. Manussā na kenacīti vatvā taṃ pavattiṃ ārocesuṃ. Māṇavo sutvā – ‘‘mama pitā brahmaloke nibbatto, todeyyo nāma sunakho natthi. Samaṇo pana gotamo pitaraṃ sunakhaṃ karoti, yaṃkiñci esa mukhāruḷhaṃ bhāsatī’’ti kujjhitvā bhagavantaṃ musāvādena niggahetukāmo vihāraṃ gantvā taṃ pavattiṃ pucchi.
世尊也对他说了同样的话,为免欺诳他,便问道:“年轻人,你的父亲可曾告知过你什么财物吗?”他答道:“乔达摩先生,有一条价值十万咖哈巴那的金项链、一双价值十万咖哈巴那的金鞋、一个价值十万咖哈巴那的金钵,还有十万咖哈巴那。”世尊说:“你去用无水的乳粥喂那狗,把它抱到床上,在它刚入睡时问它,它就会把一切都告诉你。那时你便知道,‘这是我的父亲’。”年轻人思忖:“若是真的,我就能得到财宝;若不是,我便可以指责沙门乔达摩说妄语。”出于这两种动机,他高兴地离去,并照做了。那狗心想:“我被他识破了。”便发出“哼、哼”的哭声,走到藏宝处,用脚刨地给予暗示。年轻人取得财宝后,心想:“连被转生所遮蔽的如此微细的结生间隔,沙门乔达摩都毫无疑惑地彻知,他必定是遍知者。”于是对世尊生起净信心,并准备了十四个问题。据说他是一位相术学者,因此他想:“我将以法供养去请问沙门乔达摩问题。”于是第二次前往世尊处。对于他所问的问题,世尊一开口便解答了,首先说道:“众生以业为自有……”等。显示巴利原文
Bhagavāpi tassa tatheva vatvā avisaṃvādanatthaṃ āha – ‘‘atthi pana te māṇava pitarā anakkhātaṃ dhana’’nti . Atthi, bho gotama, satasahassagghanikā suvaṇṇamālā satasahassagghanikā suvaṇṇapādukā satasahassagghanikā suvaṇṇapāti satasahassañca kahāpaṇanti. Gaccha taṃ sunakhaṃ appodakapāyāsaṃ bhojāpetvā sayane āropetvā īsakaṃ niddaṃ okkantakāle puccha, sabbaṃ te ācikkhissati. Atha naṃ jāneyyāsi ‘‘pitā me eso’’ti. Māṇavo – ‘‘sace saccaṃ bhavissati, dhanaṃ lacchāmi, no ce, samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ musāvādena niggaṇhissāmī’’ti dvīhipi kāraṇehi tuṭṭho gantvā tathā akāsi. Sunakho – ‘‘ñātomhi iminā’’ti roditvā huṃ hunti karonto dhananidhānaṭṭhānaṃ gantvā pādena pathaviṃ khaṇitvā saññaṃ adāsi, māṇavo dhanaṃ gahetvā – ‘‘bhavapaṭicchannaṃ nāma evaṃ sukhumaṃ paṭisandhiantaraṃ pākaṭaṃ samaṇassa gotamassa, addhā esa sabbaññū’’ti bhagavati pasannacitto cuddasa pañhe abhisaṅkhari. Aṅgavijjāpāṭhako kiresa, tenassa etadahosi – ‘‘idaṃ dhammapaṇṇākāraṃ gahetvā samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ pañhe pucchissāmī’’ti dutiyagamanena yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkami, tena puṭṭhapañhe pana bhagavā ekappahāreneva vissajjento kammassakātiādimāha.
其中,“以业为自有”(kammassakā),意为业是这些众生的自有物,是他们自己的财产。“以业为继承”(kammadāyādā),指他们是业的继承者,即业是他们的遗产与财富。“以业为起源”(kammayonī),义为业是这些众生的根源、起因。“以业为亲属”(kammabandhū),指业是这些众生的亲属,即业为其亲族。“以业为皈依”(kammapaṭisaraṇā),指业是这些众生的皈依处与依怙。所谓“依低劣与殊胜的差别”,是说:“你成为低劣者,你成为殊胜者,你成为短命者,你成为长寿者……乃至……你成为劣慧者,你成为聪慧者。”如此区分低劣与殊胜,并非其他任何人所为,而是业本身如此区分众生。那年轻人未能明了所说的含义,犹如有人用厚布带绑住他的嘴,却把甘美的食物放在他面前。据说他依仗慢心,自以为是智者,不见有与自己等量之人。于是,为了摧破他这种慢心——“沙门乔达摩在说什么?他所说的,我恰好都知道。”——世尊心想:“我从一开始便说得艰深难解,这样他便会请求我:‘乔达摩尊者,我不明白,请您详细地……’”显示巴利原文
Tattha kammaṃ etesaṃ sakaṃ attano bhaṇḍakanti kammassakā. Kammassa dāyādāti kammadāyādā, kammaṃ etesaṃ dāyajjaṃ bhaṇḍakanti attho. Kammaṃ etesaṃ yoni kāraṇanti kammayonī. Kammaṃ etesaṃ bandhūti kammabandhū, kammañātakāti attho. Kammaṃ etesaṃ paṭisaraṇaṃ patiṭṭhāti kammapaṭisaraṇā. Yadidaṃhīnappaṇītatāyāti yaṃ idaṃ ‘‘tvaṃ hīno bhava, tvaṃ paṇīto, tvaṃ appāyuko, tvaṃ dīghāyuko…pe… tvaṃ duppañño bhava, tvaṃ paññavā’’ti evaṃ hīnappaṇītatāya vibhajanaṃ, taṃ na añño koci karoti, kammameva evaṃ satte vibhajatīti attho. Na māṇavo kathitassa atthaṃ sañjānāsi, ghanadussapaṭṭenassa mukhaṃ bandhitvā madhuraṃ purato ṭhapitaṃ viya ahosi. Mānanissito kiresa paṇḍitamānī, attanā samaṃ na passati. Athassa ‘‘kiṃ samaṇo gotamo katheti, yamahaṃ jānāmi, tadeva kathetīti ayaṃ māno mā ahosī’’ti mānabhañjanatthaṃ bhagavā ‘‘āditova duppaṭivijjhaṃ katvā kathessāmi, tato ‘nāhaṃ bho gotama jānāmi, vitthārena me pākaṭaṃ katvā kathethā’ti maṃ yācissati, athassāhaṃ yācitakāle kathessāmi, evañcassa sātthakaṃ bhavissatī’’ti duppaṭivijjhaṃ katvā kathesi.
这时,年轻人为了表明自己尚未通达,便说:“不,我不明白……”等语。显示巴利原文
Idāni so attano appaṭividdhabhāvaṃ pakāsento na kho ahantiādimāha.
290 其中,“具足”谓圆满;“受持”谓被执取、被秉持。世尊说:“年轻人,凡是杀生者,这条道路便是导向短命的道路。”意思是:这杀生的业,这条道路即是导向短命的道路。显示巴利原文
290.Samattenāti paripuṇṇena. Samādinnenāti gahitena parāmaṭṭhena. Appāyukasaṃvattanikā esā, māṇava, paṭipadā yadidaṃ pāṇātipātīti yaṃ idaṃ pāṇātipātakammaṃ, esā appāyukasaṃvattanikā paṭipadāti.
那么,这杀生业如何造成短命呢?业有四种:压迫业、断灭业、令生业、支持业。对于由强力业引生的生命,在其相续中,压迫业到来后,从意义上便如此说:“如果我更早出现,就不会让你在此处结生,只让你在四恶趣中结生。也罢,不论你在哪里结生,我这所谓的压迫业都要逼迫你,使你变得没有营养、没有滋味、枯涩。”从那时起,它就把生命变成那般模样。它是怎样做的呢?它招来危难,摧毁财富。显示巴利原文
Kathaṃ panesā appāyukataṃ karoti? Cattāri hi kammāni upapīḷakaṃ upacchedakaṃ janakaṃ upatthambhakanti. Balavakammena hi nibbattaṃ pavatte upapīḷakaṃ āgantvā atthato evaṃ vadati nāma – ‘‘sacāhaṃ paṭhamataraṃ jāneyyaṃ, na te idha nibbattituṃ dadeyyaṃ, catūsuyeva taṃ apāyesu nibbattāpeyyaṃ. Hotu, tvaṃ yattha katthaci nibbatta, ahaṃ upapīḷakakammaṃ nāma taṃ pīḷetvā nirojaṃ niyūsaṃ kasaṭaṃ karissāmī’’ti. Tato paṭṭhāya taṃ tādisaṃ karoti. Kiṃ karoti? Parissayaṃ upaneti, bhoge vināseti.
其中,自男孩在母胎中结生之时起,母亲便没有适悦或安乐,父母都生起逼迫。如此,它带来危难。而自从男孩在母胎中结生之时起,家中的财富便如盐入水一般,由于国王等人的势力而消散;满罐乳牛不再出乳;温顺的公牛变得凶暴、独眼、驼背;牛群中降下疫病;奴仆等人不听从命令;播下的种子不生长;存放家中的财物在家便毁失,存放林野的在林野毁失;渐次下去,连草叶蔽体的衣物都难以得到;胎儿得不到保护;分娩时母亲乳汁断绝;男孩得不到护养,被迫变得没有营养、没有滋味、枯涩,这便是所谓的压迫业。显示巴利原文
Tattha dārakassa mātukucchiyaṃ nibbattakālato paṭṭhāya mātu assādo vā sukhaṃ vā na hoti, mātāpitūnaṃ pīḷāva uppajjati. Evaṃ parissayaṃ upaneti. Dārakassa pana mātukucchimhi nibbattakālato paṭṭhāya gehe bhogā udakaṃ patvā loṇaṃ viya rājādīnaṃ vasena nassanti, kumbhadohanadhenuyo khīraṃ na denti, sūratā goṇā caṇḍā honti, kāṇā honti, khujjā honti, gomaṇḍale rogo patati, dāsādayo vacanaṃ na karonti, vāpitaṃ sassaṃ na jāyati, gehagataṃ gehe, araññagataṃ araññe nassati, anupubbena ghāsacchādanamattaṃ dullabhaṃ hoti, gabbhaparihāro na hoti, vijātakāle mātuthaññaṃ chijjati, dārako parihāraṃ alabhanto pīḷito nirojo niyūso kasaṭo hoti, idaṃ upapīḷakakammaṃ nāma.
由长寿业所引生的,当断灭业到来时,便会斩断其寿命。正如有人走了八乌萨巴的距离后射出箭矢,另一人在箭矢刚刚离弓时,便用木槌将其击落,使箭当场坠地;同样地,由长寿业所引生者,断灭业会斩断其寿命。它如何作用?它将他引入盗贼的森林。这就是所谓的断灭业,亦称为“毁坏业”。显示巴利原文
Dīghāyukakammena pana nibbattassa upacchedakakammaṃ āgantvā āyuṃ chindati. Yathā hi puriso aṭṭhusabhagamanaṃ katvā saraṃ khipeyya tamañño dhanuto vimuttamattaṃ muggarena paharitvā tattheva pāteyya, evaṃ dīghāyukakammena nibbattassa upacchedakakammaṃ āyuṃ chindati. Kiṃ karoti? Corānaṃ aṭaviṃ paveseti, vāḷamacchodakaṃ otāreti, aññataraṃ vā pana saparissayaṭṭhānaṃ upaneti, idaṃ upacchedakakammaṃ nāma, ‘‘upaghātaka’’ntipi etasseva nāmaṃ.
能引生结生的业,称为“令生业”。对于出生在少财等家族者,通过给予财富等圆满而作支持,这便是所谓的“支持业”。显示巴利原文
Paṭisandhinibbattakaṃ pana kammaṃ janakakammaṃ nāma. Appabhogakulādīsu nibbattassa bhogasampadādikaraṇena upatthambhakakammaṃ upatthambhakakammaṃ nāma.
在这四种业中,前两种纯粹是不善的。令生业既可是善,也可是不善;支持业则只是善的。其中,杀生业作为断灭业,是导致短命之因。由杀生者所造的善业,不会变得广大,无法引生长寿的结生。如此,杀生便成为导向短命之因。显示巴利原文
Imesu catūsu purimāni dve akusalāneva, janakaṃ kusalampi akusalampi, upatthambhakaṃ kusalameva. Tattha pāṇātipātakammaṃ upacchedakakammena appāyukasaṃvattanikaṃ hoti. Pāṇātipātinā vā kataṃ kusalakammaṃ uḷāraṃ na hoti, dīghāyukapaṭisandhiṃ janetuṃ na sakkoti. Evaṃ pāṇātipāto appāyukasaṃvattaniko hoti. Paṭisandhimeva vā niyāmetvā appāyukaṃ karoti, sanniṭṭhānacetanāya vā niraye nibbattati, pubbāparacetanāhi vuttanayena appāyuko hoti.
“年轻人,这条是导向长寿之道”一句中,即便以微小业感生并延续的生命,当这不杀生的离业到来时,从义理上它便如此宣告——“若我先知,就不会让你在此结生,只让你生于天界。也罢,无论你生于何处,我都会作为支柱给予支持。”于是,它给予支持。如何支持呢?消除险难,带来财富。显示巴利原文
Dīghāyukasaṃvattanikā esā māṇava paṭipadāti ettha parittakammenapi nibbattaṃ pavatte etaṃ pāṇātipātā viratikammaṃ āgantvā atthato evaṃ vadati nāma – ‘‘sacāhaṃ paṭhamataraṃ jāneyyaṃ, na te idha nibbattituṃ dadeyyaṃ, devalokeyeva taṃ nibbattāpeyyaṃ. Hotu, tvaṃ yattha katthaci nibbatti, ahaṃ upatthambhakakammaṃ nāma thambhaṃ te karissāmī’’ti upatthambhaṃ karoti. Kiṃ karoti? Parissayaṃ nāseti, bhoge uppādeti.
具体而言,从孩子在母胎中结生的那一刻起,父母便唯有安乐与舒适。那些原本存在的人、非人所致的种种险难,也全都消散。这便是消除险难。再者,从孩子在母胎中结生时起,家中财富便不可计量,宝瓶从四面八方滚滚涌入家中。父母甚至对他人寄存的财物,也能自在取用。母牛泌乳丰足,公牛性情温顺,田里的庄稼长势茂盛。无论是持续增值的财富,还是因供养等因缘而来的财物,不待催问便自然送上门来;仆从们变得听话顺从,事业亦无衰败。孩子尚在母胎便已受到护佑,连医师也早早就位守护。若生于居士家,则得长者之位;若生于大臣等家,则得将军等职。财富便如此产生。他无有灾患,拥有财富,且寿命长远。因此,不杀生业便成为导向长寿之业。显示巴利原文
Tattha dārakassa mātukucchiyaṃ nibbattakālato paṭṭhāya mātāpitūnaṃ sukhameva sātameva hoti. Yepi pakatiyā manussāmanussaparissayā honti, te sabbe apagacchanti. Evaṃ parissayaṃ nāseti. Dārakassa pana mātukucchimhi nibbattakālato paṭṭhāya gehe bhogānaṃ pamāṇaṃ na hoti, nidhikumbhiyo puratopi pacchatopi gehaṃ pavaṭṭamānā pavisanti. Mātāpitaro parehi ṭhapitadhanassāpi sammukhībhāvaṃ gacchanti. Dhenuyo bahukhīrā honti, goṇā sukhasīlā honti, vappaṭṭhāne sassāni sampajjanti. Vaḍḍhiyā vā sampayuttaṃ, tāvakālikaṃ vā dinnaṃ dhanaṃ acoditā sayameva āharitvā denti, dāsādayo suvacā honti, kammantā na parihāyanti. Dārako gabbhato paṭṭhāya parihāraṃ labhati, komārikavejjā sannihitāva honti. Gahapatikule jāto seṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ, amaccakulādīsu jāto senāpatiṭṭhānādīni labhati. Evaṃ bhoge uppādeti. So aparissayo sabhogo ciraṃ jīvatīti. Evaṃ apāṇātipātakammaṃ dīghāyukasaṃvattanikaṃ hoti.
此外,不杀生者所造的其他善业也会变得殊胜广大,能引生长寿的结生,如此也成为导向长寿之业。或者,它直接决定结生,令生命得长寿。又或者,由决断思投生天界,再以前思与后思,依照前述之理而成为长寿。以此类推,一切问难的解答皆应如此理解。显示巴利原文
Apāṇātipātinā vā kataṃ aññampi kusalaṃ uḷāraṃ hoti, dīghāyukapaṭisandhiṃ janetuṃ sakkoti, evampi dīghāyukasaṃvattanikaṃ hoti. Paṭisandhimeva vā niyāmetvā dīghāyukaṃ karoti. Sanniṭṭhānacetanāya vā devaloke nibbattati, pubbāparacetanāhi vuttanayena dīghāyuko hoti. Iminā nayena sabbapañhavissajjanesu attho veditabbo.
因为损害等业在生命期间生起时,从含义上看也好像在说着同样的话:它们以压迫的方式,使人陷入贫困、得不到照料,从而引发疾病等。或者,由于损害等业所造的善业不够广大;或者从一开始便由结生决定;又或者如前所述的方式,借着前思与后思的力量,而导致多病等。反之,如同不杀生一般,不损害等业则带来少病等。显示巴利原文
Viheṭhanakammādīnipi hi pavatte āgantvā atthato tatheva vadamānāni viya upapīḷanena nibbhogataṃ āpādetvā paṭijagganaṃ alabhantassa roguppādanādīhi vā, viheṭhakādīhi katassa kusalassa anuḷāratāya vā, āditova paṭisandhiniyāmanena vā, vuttanayeneva pubbāparacetanāvasena vā bahvābādhatādīni karonti, apāṇātipāto viya ca aviheṭhanādīnipi appābādhatādīnīti.
293 293. 此处,「嫉妒心者」是指心与嫉妒相应。「恼害」是指因嫉妒而责骂、伤害他人。「系缚嫉妒」意为:如同捆扎大麦束那样,为了使嫉妒不会消失而将它系缚起来,好像被捆绑着安放着一般。「少随从者」是指随从很少的人;这种人犹如夜间被丢弃的箭,声息全无;又像手捧残食而坐,连递水的人也没有。显示巴利原文
293. Ettha pana issāmanakoti issāsampayuttacitto. Upadussatīti issāvaseneva upakkosanto dussati. Issaṃ bandhatīti yavakalāpaṃ bandhanto viya yathā na nassati evaṃ bandhitvā viya ṭhapeti. Appesakkhoti appaparivāro, rattiṃ khitto viya saro na paññāyati, ucchiṭṭhahattho nisīditvā udakadāyakampi na labhati.
294 294.「不施者」:因悭吝而不行布施的人。「以彼业」:以那样的悭吝业。显示巴利原文
294.Nadātā hotīti macchariyavasena na dātā hoti. Tena kammenāti tena macchariyakammena.
295 「应敬礼者」:指值得敬礼的佛陀、独觉佛或圣弟子。「应起迎等」也是如此。此外,在解答这个问题时,不应牵涉压制业与支持业。因为在生命期间,无法把一个出身卑贱的人变为高贵之人;只是在结生时便已确定:生于卑族的业使人投生卑族,生于贵族的业使人投生贵族。显示巴利原文
295.Abhivādetabbanti abhivādanārahaṃ buddhaṃ vā paccekabuddhaṃ vā ariyasāvakaṃ vā. Paccuṭṭhātabbādīsupi eseva nayo. Imasmiṃ pana pañhavissajjane upapīḷakaupatthambhakakammāni na gahetabbāni. Na hi pavatte nīcakulinaṃ vā uccākulinaṃ vā sakkā kātuṃ, paṭisandhimeva pana niyāmetvā nīcakuliyaṃ kammaṃ nīcakule nibbatteti, uccākuliyaṃ kammaṃ uccākule.
296 「不询问者」:在此并非指仅仅不询问便会投生地狱。而是说,不询问的人不知“此事应做,彼事不应做”;由于不知,应当做的反而不做,不应当做的反而去做。因此,不询问者投生地狱,询问者则往生天界。就是这样,贤者……乃至……这便是低劣与殊胜的差别。导师随顺法流而结束开示。其余各处都浅显易明。显示巴利原文
296.Na paripucchitā hotīti ettha pana aparipucchanena niraye na nibbattati. Aparipucchako pana ‘‘idaṃ kātabbaṃ, idaṃ na kātabba’’nti na jānāti, ajānanto kātabbaṃ na karoti, akātabbaṃ karoti. Tena niraye nibbattati, itaro sagge. Iti kho, māṇava…pe… yadidaṃ hīnappaṇītatāyāti satthā desanaṃ yathānusandhiṃ pāpesi. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
6.大业分别经注疏显示巴利原文
6. Mahākammavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā
298 “如是我闻”等,即是《大业分别经》。其中,「空无」指空虚、没有结果。「真实」指如实、的确如此。而这并非他亲耳从世尊面前听闻,然而在《优波离经》(《中部》第56经)中,世尊曾说:“对于恶业的造作与恶业的转起,我宣说意业更为重大过患,身业并非如此,语业也并非如此。”此语在游方者之间流传开来,他便依此而言。至于「而有这些至」一语,乃是针对《布咤婆楼经》(《长部》第9经)开头所讨论的“如何有想受灭”——即灭尽定——而说。「无所感受」意即连一种感受也没有。「然而,是有……」这是长老对灭尽定表示的认可。「应加守护」意指应通过避免他人谴责来守护。「具有思」指其中有思,意思是造作了带有意图、带有思的业。「是苦」这句,是长老了知这位游方者……显示巴利原文
298.Evaṃme sutanti mahākammavibhaṅgasuttaṃ. Tattha moghanti tucchaṃ aphalaṃ. Saccanti tathaṃ bhūtaṃ. Idañca etena na sammukhā sutaṃ, upālisutte (ma. ni. 2.56) pana – ‘‘manokammaṃ mahāsāvajjataraṃ paññapemi pāpassa kammassa kiriyāya pāpassa kammassa pavattiyā, no tathā kāyakammaṃ no tathā vacīkamma’’nti bhagavatā vuttaṃ atthi, sā kathā titthiyānaṃ antare pākaṭā jātā, taṃ gahetvā esa vadati. Atthi ca sā samāpattīti idaṃ – ‘‘kathaṃ nu kho, bho, abhisaññānirodho hotī’’ti poṭṭhapādasutte (dī. ni. 1.406 ādayo) uppannaṃ abhisaññānirodhakathaṃ sandhāya vadati. Na kiñci vediyatīti ekavedanampi na vediyati. Atthi ca khoti thero nirodhasamāpattiṃ sandhāya anujānāti. Parirakkhitabbanti garahato mocanena rakkhitabbaṃ. Sañcetanā assa atthīti sañcetanikaṃ, sābhisandhikaṃ sañcetanikakammaṃ katvāti attho. Dukkhaṃ soti thero ‘‘akusalameva sandhāya paribbājako pucchatī’’ti saññāya evaṃ vadati.
「我亦可看见」:世尊即使在四面全黑的环境中,也能凭肉眼看见方圆一由旬内像芝麻般微细的诸行。而这位游方者就住在不远的地方,距离才约半由旬,为何世尊还这样说呢?这是针对彼此相见时的“看见”而言的。显示巴利原文
Dassanampi kho ahanti bhagavā caturaṅgepi andhakāre samantā yojanaṭṭhāne tilamattampi saṅkhāraṃ maṃsacakkhunāva passati, ayañca paribbājako na dūre gāvutamattabbhantare vasati, kasmā bhagavā evamāhāti? Samāgamadassanaṃ sandhāyevamāha.
299 「优陀夷」指拉鲁达夷。「那在苦之中」意思是那一切全然是苦。如此,他针对这轮回之苦、烦恼之苦、行之苦,问道:“假若世尊曾经说过……”显示巴利原文
299.Udāyīti lāludāyī. Taṃ dukkhasminti sabbaṃ taṃ dukkhameva. Iti imaṃ vaṭṭadukkhaṃ kilesadukkhaṃ saṅkhāradukkhaṃ sandhāya ‘‘sace bhāsitaṃ bhaveyya bhagavā’’ti pucchati.
300 「浮现」指问题的浮现。「正在浮现」指正在将头伸出。「以不如理的方式将会浮现」指将以不如理的方式把头伸出。然而,世尊知晓此事,并非凭天眼,也并非凭他心智或一切知智,而是凭他的意向了知的。因为正在说话的人,其意向容易识别:想说话时,会抬起脖子,摇动下巴,嘴唇颤动,无法安坐。世尊见他如此,便观察了知:“这位优陀夷无法安坐,他将会只说那件不实之事。”而「一开始」指就在开头那个地方。「三种受」——当被问及“他感受什么?”时,提问者如此确定:“我问的是三种受。”如此确定是三种受之后才发问。「能带来乐受的」指能作为乐受之缘的。其余两项也可依此类推。显示巴利原文
300.Ummaṅganti pañhāummaṅgaṃ. Ummujjamānoti sīsaṃ nīharamāno. Ayoniso ummujjissatīti anupāyena sīsaṃ nīharissati. Idañca pana bhagavā jānanto neva dibbacakkhunā na cetopariyañāṇena na sabbaññutañāṇena jāni, adhippāyeneva pana aññāsi. Kathentassa hi adhippāyo nāma suvijāno hoti, kathetukāmo gīvaṃ paggaṇhāti, hanukaṃ cāleti, mukhamassa phandati, sannisīdituṃ na sakkoti. Bhagavā tassa taṃ ākāraṃ disvā ‘‘ayaṃ udāyī sannisīdituṃ na sakkoti, yaṃ abhūtaṃ, tadeva kathessatī’’ti oloketvāva aññāsi. Ādiṃ yevātiādimhiyeva. Tisso vedanāti ‘‘kiṃ so vediyatī’’ti? Pucchantena ‘‘tisso vedanā pucchāmī’’ti evaṃ vavatthapetvāva tisso vedanā pucchitā. Sukhavedaniyanti sukhavedanāya paccayabhūtaṃ. Sesesupi eseva nayo.
其中,能带来乐受的业,是指从欲界善心中,与喜俱行心相应的四种思,以及下三禅的思。如此,在结生与转起中,由于它们能产生乐受,故称为能带来乐受的业。此中,欲界业在结生时唯产生乐受;而在转起中,面对可爱或中舍的所缘时,也会产生不苦不乐受。显示巴利原文
Ettha ca kāmāvacarakusalato somanassasahagatacittasampayuttā catasso cetanā, heṭṭhā tikajjhānacetanāti evaṃ paṭisandhipavattesu sukhavedanāya jananato sukhavedaniyaṃ kammaṃ nāma. Kāmāvacarañcettha paṭisandhiyaṃyeva ekantena sukhaṃ janeti, pavatte iṭṭhamajjhattārammaṇe adukkhamasukhampi.
不善思在结生与转起中唯产生苦,因此称为能带来苦受的业。这种业只有在身门转起时才绝对只产生苦;在其他情形中,也会产生不苦不乐受。不过,由于那种受是于不可爱或不可爱中舍的所缘上生起的,因此在归类中只算作苦。显示巴利原文
Akusalacetanā paṭisandhipavattesu dukkhasseva jananato dukkhavedaniyaṃ kammaṃ nāma. Kāyadvāre pavatteyeva cetaṃ ekantena dukkhaṃ janeti, aññattha adukkhamasukhampi, sā pana vedanā aniṭṭhāniṭṭhamajjhattesuyeva ārammaṇesu uppajjanato dukkhātveva saṅkhaṃ gatā.
能带来不苦不乐受的业,是指从欲界善心中,与舍受相应的心所俱的四种思,以及色界善第四禅那的思。如此,在结生与转起中,由于它们能产生第三种受,故称为能带来不苦不乐受的业。此中,欲界业在结生时唯产生不苦不乐受;而在转起中,面对可爱所缘时也会产生乐受。又,能带来乐受的业是依结生与转起而运作,能带来不苦不乐受的业也是如此;而能带来苦受的业唯依转起而运作。然而,据另一种说法,一切业都唯依转起而运作。显示巴利原文
Kāmāvacarakusalato pana upekkhāsahagatacittasampayuttā catasso cetanā, rūpāvacarakusalato catutthajjhānacetanāti evaṃ paṭisandhipavattesu tatiyavedanāya jananato adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ kammaṃ nāma. Ettha ca kāmāvacaraṃ paṭisandhiyaṃyeva ekantena adukkhamasukhaṃ janeti, pavatte iṭṭhārammaṇe sukhampi. Apica sukhavedaniyakammaṃ paṭisandhipavattivasena vaṭṭati, tathā adukkhamasukhavedaniyaṃ, dukkhavedaniyaṃ pavattivaseneva vaṭṭati. Etassa pana vasena sabbaṃ pavattivaseneva vaṭṭati.
长老在“此,世尊”一语中,为请如来开示大业分别而示现动机,心中思维:“我应请如来,令大业分别智于比丘僧团中昭然明了。”正因为善于衔接,他才如此说出。其中的“大业分别”,即是对大业的分别。“哪四种……这里,阿难,有某类人……生于地狱”,此段本身并非大业分别智的详细分别,而是为说明大业分别智所安立的总纲。显示巴利原文
Etassa bhagavāti thero tathāgatena mahākammavibhaṅgakathanatthaṃ ālayo dassito, tathāgataṃ yācitvā mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa pākaṭaṃ karissāmīti cintetvā anusandhikusalatāya evamāha. Tattha mahākammavibhaṅganti mahākammavibhajanaṃ. Katame cattāro…pe… idhānanda, ekacco puggalo…pe… nirayaṃ upapajjatīti idaṃ na mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇabhājanaṃ, mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇabhājanatthāya pana mātikāṭṭhapanaṃ.
301 “这里,阿难,有某沙门或婆罗门”是一段独立的衔接。世尊为了阐明“具天眼的沙门婆罗门,以这一所缘为条件,获得此缘,而执持此见”而开始讲述。其中,“热忱”等五个词,皆是精进的名称。“心定”,是指天眼定。“看见”,是当他观察“那个有情投生何处?”时而见到。“那些以其他方式”,是指那些这样说的人:“由于圆满十善业道,故投生地狱”,并说“他们的智是邪谬的”。以这样的方式类推,一切段落的意义都应如此理解。“知道”,即明了。“以强力”,即以见的强力。“以执取”,即以见的执取。“执取后断言道”,是指决定、执取之后而如此断言。显示巴利原文
301.Idhānanda, ekacco samaṇo vāti pāṭiyekko anusandhi. Idañhi bhagavā – ‘‘dibbacakkhukā samaṇabrāhmaṇā idaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā imaṃ paccayaṃ labhitvā idaṃ dassanaṃ gaṇhantī’’ti pakāsanatthaṃ ārabhi. Tattha ātappantiādīni pañcapi vīriyasseva nāmāni. Cetosamādhinti dibbacakkhusamādhiṃ. Passatīti ‘‘so satto kuhiṃ nibbatto’’ti olokento passati. Ye aññathāti ye ‘‘dasannaṃ kusalānaṃ kammapathānaṃ pūritattā nirayaṃ upapajjatī’’ti jānanti, micchā tesaṃ ñāṇanti vadati. Iminā nayena sabbavāresu attho veditabbo. Viditanti pākaṭaṃ. Thāmasāti diṭṭhithāmena. Parāmāsāti diṭṭhiparāmāsena. Abhinivissa voharatīti adhiṭṭhahitvā ādiyitvā voharati.
302 “在那里,阿难”这一句也不是大业分别智的详细分别,而仅仅是它的论母安立。不过,这里显示出这些具天眼者的说法中,哪些被认可,哪些不被认可。其中,“在那里”指在那四位沙门婆罗门之中。“这是他的”指这是他的说法。“以其他方式”指以其他方式。如此,在这四位沙门婆罗门的议论中,有两种情况被认可,有三种情况不被认可,应当这样了知一切处的认可与不认可。显示巴利原文
302.Tatrānandāti idampi na mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇassa bhājanaṃ, atha khvāssa mātikāṭṭhapanameva. Ettha pana etesaṃ dibbacakkhukānaṃ vacane ettakā anuññātā, ettakā ananuññātāti idaṃ dassitaṃ. Tattha tatrāti tesu catūsu samaṇabrāhmaṇesu. Idamassāti idaṃ vacanaṃ assa. Aññathāti aññenākārena. Iti imesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ vāde dvīsu ṭhānesu anuññātā, tīsu ananuññātāti evaṃ sabbattha anuññā nānuññā veditabbā.
303 如此,展示了对于天眼者言说的认可与不认可之后,为分别大业分别智,接着便说:“阿难,于此,凡是那位补特伽罗……”等。显示巴利原文
303. Evaṃ dibbacakkhukānaṃ vacane anuññā ca ananuññā ca dassetvā idāni mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇaṃ vibhajanto tatrānanda, yvāyaṃ puggalotiādimāha.
“先前他所造作的”:指这位天眼者所见正在造业之人,在此之前所造下的业。因为依靠先前的业可投生地狱;依靠后来的业也可投生;或者在临终时,由“蕴最殊胜、湿婆最殊胜、祖父最殊胜,世界由自在天等所造”等邪见,也同样投生。“于现法”:此处,若是现法受业,则在今生;若是次生受业,则在来生;若是后后受业,则在其后的轮回转世中产生果报。显示巴利原文
Pubbe vāssa taṃ kataṃ hotīti yaṃ iminā dibbacakkhukena kammaṃ karonto diṭṭho, tato pubbe kataṃ. Pubbe katenapi hi niraye nibbattati, pacchā katenapi nibbattati, maraṇakāle vā pana – ‘‘khando seṭṭho sivo seṭṭho, pitāmaho seṭṭho, issarādīhi vā loko visaṭṭho’’tiādinā micchādassanenapi nibbattateva. Diṭṭheva dhammeti yaṃ tattha diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hoti, tassa diṭṭheva dhamme, yaṃ upapajjavedanīyaṃ, tassa upapajjitvā, yaṃ aparāpariyavedanīyaṃ, tassa aparasmiṃ pariyāye vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti.
如此,这位沙门或婆罗门见到了一聚业与一聚果报,而正自觉者则见到了他所未见的三聚业与两聚果报。由此,这位正自觉者见到了已见及未见的,共四聚业与三聚果报。了知此七种情形的智慧,即名如来的大业分别智。于第二段说明中,天眼所未见者,如来却见到了三聚业与两聚果报。了知此五种各自亲证情形的智慧,亦名如来的大业分别智。其余两段说明的道理,也同此理。显示巴利原文
Iti ayaṃ samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ekaṃ kammarāsiṃ ekañca vipākarāsiṃ addasa, sammāsambuddho iminā adiṭṭhe tayo kammarāsī, dve ca vipākarāsī addasa. Iminā pana diṭṭhe adiṭṭhe ca cattāro kammarāsī tayo ca vipākarāsī addasa. Imāni satta ṭhānāni jānanañāṇaṃ tathāgatassa mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇaṃ nāma. Dutiyavāre dibbacakkhukena kiñci na diṭṭhaṃ , tathāgatena pana tayo kammarāsī, dve ca vipākarāsī diṭṭhāti. Imānipi pañca paccattaṭṭhānāni jānanañāṇaṃ tathāgatassa mahākammavibhaṅgañāṇaṃ nāma. Sesavāradvayepi eseva nayo.
“不可能”是指缺乏真实性的不善业。“看似不可能”:意谓它显现为不可能,即被压倒、被阻碍。若积聚了大量不善业,其中强势的业会阻碍弱势业的果报,而令自身果报获得现起之机——这便是“不可能且看似不可能”的。若积聚善业后,于临终生起不善业,此不善业便会阻碍善业的果报,而令自身果报获得现起之机——这便是“不可能而看似可能”的。若积聚了大量善业,其中强势的业会阻碍弱势业的果报,而令自身果报获得现起之机——这便是“可能且看似可能”的。若积聚不善业后,于临终生起善业,此善业便会阻碍不善业的果报,而令自身果报获得现起之机——这便是“可能而看似不可能”的。显示巴利原文
Abhabbanti bhūtavirahitaṃ akusalaṃ. Abhabbābhāsanti abhabbaṃ ābhāsati abhibhavati paṭibāhatīti attho. Bahukasmiñhi akusalakamme āyūhite balavakammaṃ dubbalakammassa vipākaṃ paṭibāhitvā attano vipākassa okāsaṃ karoti idaṃ abhabbañceva abhabbābhāsañca. Kusalaṃ pana āyūhitvā āsanne akusalaṃ kataṃ hoti, taṃ kusalassa vipākaṃ paṭibāhitvā attano vipākassa okāsaṃ karoti, idaṃ abhabbaṃ bhabbābhāsaṃ. Bahumhi kusale āyūhitepi balavakammaṃ dubbalakammassa vipākaṃ paṭibāhitvā attano vipākassa okāsaṃ karoti, idaṃ bhabbañceva bhabbābhāsañca. Akusalaṃ pana āyūhitvā āsanne kusalaṃ kataṃ hoti, taṃ akusalassa vipākaṃ paṭibāhitvā attano vipākassa okāsaṃ karoti, idaṃ bhabbaṃ abhabbābhāsaṃ.
再者,于此也应依呈现方式来领会此义。正如所说:从不可能的状态中呈现出来,故称“看似不可能”。于此,以“世间有一种补特伽罗是杀生者……”等方式,说明了四种补特伽罗。其中,第一种补特伽罗的业是“不可能”且“看似不可能”的:因为此业是不善的,故为不可能;又因其投生在地狱,以此令其投生地狱的不善业方式呈现。第二种补特伽罗的业是“不可能”而“看似可能”的:因为此业是不善的,故为不可能;但因他投生在天界,以此令其投生天界的善业方式呈现。其余两种业的解读,亦同此理。其余各处,皆浅显易懂。显示巴利原文
Apica upaṭṭhānākārenapettha attho veditabbo. Idañhi vuttaṃ hoti, abhabbato ābhāsati upaṭṭhātīti abhabbābhāsaṃ. Tattha ‘‘yvāyaṃ puggalo idha pāṇātipātī’’tiādinā nayena cattāro puggalā vuttā, tesu paṭhamassa kammaṃ abhabbaṃ abhabbābhāsaṃ, tañhi akusalattā abhabbaṃ, tassa ca niraye nibbattattā tattha nibbattikāraṇabhūtaṃ akusalaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Dutiyassa kammaṃ abhabbaṃ bhabbābhāsaṃ, tañhi akusalattā abhabbaṃ. Tassa pana sagge nibbattattā aññatitthiyānaṃ sagge nibbattikāraṇabhūtaṃ kusalaṃ hutvā upaṭṭhāti. Itarasmimpi kammadvaye eseva nayo. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
七、〈六处分别经〉的注释显示巴利原文
7. Saḷāyatanavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā
304 “我曾这样听闻”:这是《六处分别经》。在这里,“应了知”指应被与观一起生起的道所了知。“意之近伺”即寻与伺。因为在这里,能够生起寻的心意,被特别称为“意”,而心意的近伺活动,就称为“意之近伺”。“七种立足处”指那些依靠着轮回与还灭的有情的立足处。因为在这里,有所谓十八种轮回的立足处,十八种还灭的立足处,而这些也都是应与观一起生起的道所了知的。“调御师”指那些训练大象等的行仪、教导规矩的老师们,意思是要去调伏、能够调伏其他众生的人。其余的内容,将会在分别的部分详细阐明。以上就是所谓的提要,也就是论母的安立。显示巴利原文
304.Evaṃme sutanti saḷāyatanavibhaṅgasuttaṃ. Tattha veditabbānīti sahavipassanena maggena jānitabbāni. Manopavicārāti vitakkavicārā. Vitakkuppādakañhi mano idha manoti adhippetaṃ, manassa upavicārāti manopavicārā. Sattapadāti vaṭṭavivaṭṭanissitānaṃ sattānaṃ padā. Ettha hi aṭṭhārasa vaṭṭapadā nāma, aṭṭhārasa vivaṭṭapadā nāma, tepi sahavipassanena maggeneva veditabbā. Yoggācariyānanti hatthiyoggādiācārasikkhāpakānaṃ, dametabbadamakānanti attho. Sesaṃ vibhaṅgeyeva āvibhavissati. Ayamuddesoti idaṃ mātikāṭṭhapanaṃ.
305 眼处等内容,《清净道论》中已有详述。“眼识”:由善与不善果报所生的眼识有两种。其余依于净色根的识,理亦同此。然而,除这十种之外,其余的在此处皆称为“意识”。显示巴利原文
305.Cakkhāyatanādīni visuddhimagge vitthāritāni. Cakkhuviññāṇanti kusalākusalavipākato dve cakkhuviññāṇāni. Sesapasādaviññāṇesupi eseva nayo. Imāni pana dasa ṭhapetvā sesaṃ idha manoviññāṇaṃ nāma.
“眼触”:指在眼根生起的触。这是与眼识相应之触的专称。对于其余诸处,理亦同此。显示巴利原文
Cakkhusamphassoti cakkhumhi samphasso. Cakkhuviññāṇasampayuttasamphassassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ. Sesesupi eseva nayo.
“以眼见色已”等句:意谓依眼识见色之后。此解说方式于一切处皆同。“能生喜悦之所缘”:指能作为喜悦生起之因的所缘。“随伺察”:指以伺的持续流转而随同伺察,以及与彼相应之寻——依此理趣,当知有十八种寻伺所成的意随寻。而此处的“六种喜悦随寻”,是指与喜悦俱行而随伺察,故称喜悦随寻。其余二句,理亦同此。显示巴利原文
Cakkhunārūpaṃ disvāti cakkhuviññāṇena rūpaṃ disvā. Eseva nayo sabbattha. Somanassaṭṭhāniyanti somanassassa ārammaṇavasena kāraṇabhūtaṃ. Upavicaratīti tattha vicārapavattanena upavicarati, vitakko taṃsampayutto cāti iminā nayena aṭṭhārasa vitakkavicārasaṅkhātā manopavicārā veditabbā. Cha somanassūpavicārāti ettha pana somanassena saddhiṃ upavicarantīti somanassūpavicārā. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo.
306 “基于居家生活的”:指依止于五欲功德。“基于出离的”:指依止于观智。“可爱的”:指所追求、寻觅的。“可意的”:指所渴望得到的。“令人愉悦的”:因为心意在这些事物上欢喜,故称“令人愉悦的”,即指那些令人愉悦的事物。“与世间染着相连的”:指与渴爱相连。“过去的”:指已经获得过的。或许有人会问:对于现在的事物,喜悦生起倒也罢了,对于过去的,喜悦又如何能生起呢?答:对于过去,当人回忆“就像我现在享受可爱的所缘一样,过去我也曾这样享受过”时,强烈的喜悦便会生起。显示巴利原文
306.Gehasitānīti kāmaguṇanissitāni. Nekkhammasitānīti vipassanānissitāni. Iṭṭhānanti pariyesitānaṃ. Kantānanti kāmitānaṃ. Manoramānanti mano etesu ramatīti manoramāni, tesaṃ manoramānaṃ. Lokāmisapaṭisaṃyuttānanti taṇhāpaṭisaṃyuttānaṃ. Atītanti paṭiladdhaṃ . Paccuppannaṃ tāva ārabbha somanassaṃ uppajjatu, atīte kathaṃ uppajjatīti. Atītepi – ‘‘yathāhaṃ etarahi iṭṭhārammaṇaṃ anubhavāmi, evaṃ pubbepi anubhavi’’nti anussarantassa balavasomanassaṃ uppajjati.
“无常性”:指无常的相状。所谓“变坏、离贪、灭”:由舍弃本来自性而变坏,由消逝而离贪,由彻底止息而灭尽。“以正慧”:即观慧。这便称为“基于出离的喜悦”:如同一位国王审视自己的荣华成就后,建立观智而安坐,当观察到诸行坏灭时,锐利有力的观智在诸行所摄的范围内运转,此时生起的喜悦,即名为“基于出离的喜悦”。也曾这样说:显示巴利原文
Aniccatanti aniccākāraṃ. Vipariṇāmavirāganirodhanti pakativijahanena vipariṇāmaṃ, vigacchanena virāgaṃ, nirujjhanena nirodhaṃ. Sammapaññāyāti vipassanāpaññāya. Idaṃ vuccati nekkhammasitaṃ somanassanti idaṃ rañño viya attano sirisampattiṃ olokentassa vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nisinnassa saṅkhārānaṃ bhedaṃ passato saṅkhāragatamhi tikkhe sūre vipassanāñāṇe vahante uppannasomanassaṃ ‘‘nekkhammasitaṃ somanassa’’nti vuccati. Vuttampi cetaṃ –
进入空屋的、内心寂静的比丘,
正确地观照诸法时,他便生起超越凡俗的喜悦。
每当他如理作意,观察诸蕴的生灭,
他便获得喜悦与欢悦,这正是了悟不死境界者所证得的。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Suññāgāraṃ paviṭṭhassa, santacittassa bhikkhuno; Amānusī ratī hoti, sammā dhammaṃ vipassato. Yato yato sammasati, khandhānaṃ udayabbayaṃ; Labhatī pītipāmojjaṃ, amatantaṃ vijānata’’nti. (dha. pa. 373-374);
“这些”:指六种依出离的喜悦,即当可爱所缘于六门中出现时,坐而修习者以无常等相建立观后,所生起的喜悦。显示巴利原文
Imānīti imāni chasu dvāresu iṭṭhārammaṇe āpāthagate aniccādivasena vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā nisinnassa uppannāni cha nekkhammasitāni somanassāni.
307 “过去”:于现在,希求而得不到时,忧便生起;那么于过去,忧又如何生起呢?由于他这样追忆:“正如我现在希求可爱所缘却得不到,过去我也曾希求而未得到”,由此便生起强烈的忧。显示巴利原文
307.Atītanti paccuppannaṃ tāva patthetvā alabhantassa domanassaṃ uppajjatu, atīte kathaṃ uppajjatīti. Atītepi ‘‘yathāhaṃ etarahi iṭṭhārammaṇaṃ patthetvā na labhāmi, evaṃ pubbepi patthetvā na labhi’’nti anussarantassa balavadomanassaṃ uppajjati.
“无上解脱中”:所谓“无上解脱”即阿罗汉果,意思是把希求安立于阿罗汉果上。“处”指阿罗汉果处。“令生希求”是说令希求生起。而这种忧是在生起此希求时出现的,因为以希求为根本,所以说“令生希求”。这六种依出离的忧:当可爱所缘于六门中现前时,将希求安立于阿罗汉果,为了证得它而以无常等相建立观,却无力精进而悲伤:“这半个月、这个月,乃至今年,都没能证得阿罗汉果”——正如住在村边山窟的大尸瓦长老那般,泪流满面而生起的忧,当知即是这六种依出离的忧。至于事缘,在《善吉祥光》《长部》注的《帝释问经》注释中有详细说明,有意详知者可从彼处获取。显示巴利原文
Anuttaresu vimokkhesūti anuttaravimokkho nāma arahattaṃ, arahatte patthanaṃ paṭṭhapentassāti attho. Āyatananti arahattāyatanaṃ. Pihaṃ upaṭṭhāpayatoti patthanaṃ paṭṭhapentassa. Taṃ panetaṃ patthanaṃ paṭṭhapentassa uppajjati, iti patthanāmūlakattā ‘‘pihaṃ upaṭṭhāpayato’’ti vuttaṃ. Imāni cha nekkhammasitāni domanassānīti imāni evaṃ chasu dvāresu iṭṭhārammaṇe āpāthagate arahatte pihaṃ paṭṭhapetvā tadadhigamāya aniccādivasena vipassanaṃ upaṭṭhapetvā ussukkāpetuṃ asakkontassa – ‘‘imampi pakkhaṃ imampi māsaṃ imampi saṃvaccharaṃ arahattaṃ pāpuṇituṃ nāsakkhi’’nti anusocato gāmantapabbhāravāsimahāsīvattherassa viya assudhārāpavattanavasena uppannadomanassāni cha nekkhammasitadomanassānīti veditabbāni. Vatthu pana sumaṅgalavilāsiniyā dīghanikāyaṭṭhakathāya sakkapañhavaṇṇanāyaṃ (dī. ni. aṭṭha. 2.361) vitthāritaṃ, icchantena tato gahetabbaṃ.
308 「生起舍」:这里的「舍」是指无智舍。「非分断者」:因为漏尽者已断除烦恼的界限而安住,故称为「分断者」,因此「非分断者」即指非漏尽者。「非果报断者」:同样地,因为漏尽者已断未来的果报而安住,所以唯有漏尽者才是「果报断者」,因此「非果报断者」也是指非漏尽者。「不见过患者」:指不从过患与灾祸来观察的人。这六种依家的舍:当可爱的所缘在六门中出现时,如同匿藏在糖团中的苍蝇一般,不超越色等所缘,因黏着、迷恋而生起的舍,应知为六种依家的舍。显示巴利原文
308.Uppajjati upekkhāti ettha upekkhā nāma aññāṇupekhā. Anodhijinassāti kilesodhiṃ jinitvā ṭhitattā khīṇāsavo odhijino nāma, tasmā akhīṇāsavassāti attho. Avipākajinassāti etthapi āyatiṃ vipākaṃ jinitvā ṭhitattā khīṇāsavova vipākajino nāma, tasmā akhīṇāsavassevāti attho. Anādīnavadassāvinotiādīnavato upaddavato apassantassa. Imā cha gehasitā upekkhāti imā evaṃ chasu dvāresu iṭṭhārammaṇe āpāthagate guḷapiṇḍake nilīnamakkhikā viya rūpādīni anativattamānā tattha laggā laggitā hutvā uppannā upekkhā cha gehasitā upekkhāti veditabbā.
「它超越色」:它超越了色,不因爱染而停留在那里。这六种依出离的舍:当可爱等所缘现于六门时,对可爱的所缘不贪染,对不可爱的所缘不瞋恼,对不应作意的所缘不痴迷,与所生起的观智相应而生的六种舍,应知为六种依出离的舍。显示巴利原文
Rūpaṃ sā ativattatīti rūpaṃ sā anatikkamati, tattha nikantivasena na tiṭṭhati. Imā cha nekkhammasitā upekkhāti imā evaṃ chasu dvāresu iṭṭhādiārammaṇe āpāthagate iṭṭhe arajjantassa, aniṭṭhe adussantassa, asamapekkhane asammuyhantassa, uppannavipassanā-ñāṇasampayuttā cha nekkhammasitā upekkhāti veditabbā.
309 「依此断彼」:在那些三十六句中,意谓依此十八种而断除彼十八种。因此,佛陀说:「诸比丘,于此,六种依出离的……」等等。「依止、依凭」:以生起的方式而依止、凭依。「如是,它们的超越便能成就」:如此,当依出离的舍生起时,依家的舍便被超越了。显示巴利原文
309.Tatra idaṃ nissāya idaṃ pajahathāti tesu chattiṃsasattapadesu aṭṭhārasa nissāya aṭṭhārasa pajahathāti attho. Teneva – ‘‘tatra, bhikkhave, yāni cha nekkhammasitānī’’tiādimāha. Nissāya āgammāti pavattanavasena nissāya ceva āgamma ca. Evametesaṃ samatikkamohotīti evaṃ nekkhammasitānaṃ pavattanena gehasitāni atikkantāni nāma honti.
如此,先以同等的方式令同等者被舍断之后,现在为了说明以强胜弱,世尊说道:“诸比丘,于此,有六种依出离的喜悦……”等等。就这样,通过依出离的喜悦来舍断依出离的忧,又通过依出离的舍来舍断依出离的喜悦,便宣说了以强力断除弱力的舍断之理。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ sarikkhakeneva sarikkhakaṃ jahāpetvā idāni balavatā dubbalaṃ jahāpento – ‘‘tatra, bhikkhave, yāni cha nekkhammasitāni somanassānī’’tiādimāha. Evaṃ nekkhammasitasomanassehi nekkhammasitadomanassāni , nekkhammasitaupekkhāhi ca nekkhammasitasomanassāni jahāpentena balavatā dubbalappahānaṃ kathitaṃ.
在此,关于“舍”的解说应这样了知:在八等至中,初禅等前三禅,以及以“纯行”为基而修观的四位比丘,他们的前分观或与喜相应,或与舍相应;而出起观则唯与喜相应。对于以第四禅等为基而修观的五位比丘,前分观虽与前类似,但出起观却与舍相应。依此道理,世尊说:“你们应当依止六种依出离的舍,并以此六种依出离的舍为依止,去断除那六种依出离的喜悦。”不仅如此,对于这样修行的比丘,不只在观上有受的差别,在圣道上的禅支、觉支、道支也存在差别。显示巴利原文
Ettha pana ṭhatvā upekkhākathā veditabbā – aṭṭhasu hi samāpattīsu paṭhamādīni ca tīṇi jhānāni, suddhasaṅkhāre ca pādake katvā vipassanaṃ āraddhānaṃ catunnaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pubbabhāgavipassanā somanassasahagatā vā hoti upekkhāsahagatā vā, vuṭṭhānagāminī pana somanassasahagatāva. Catutthajjhānādīni pādakāni katvā vipassanaṃ āraddhānaṃ pañcannaṃ pubbabhāgavipassanā purimasadisāva. Vuṭṭhānagāminī pana upekkhāsahagatā hoti. Idaṃ sandhāya – ‘‘yā cha nekkhammasitā upekkhā, tā nissāya tā āgamma, yāni cha nekkhammasitāni somanassāni, tāni pajahathā’’ti vuttaṃ. Na kevalañca evaṃpaṭipannassa bhikkhuno ayaṃ vipassanāya vedanāvisesova hoti, ariyamaggepi pana jhānaṅgabojjhaṅgamaggaṅgānampi viseso hoti.
那么,是什么决定了这一差别呢?有些长老说:是由作为观之基础的禅那决定的;有些长老说:是由成为观所缘的蕴决定的;还有些长老说:是由补特伽罗的意乐决定的。对于这些观点,也应当了知,实是由前分阶段的出起观决定的。而关于此事的抉择论述,在《清净道论》说明“行舍”之处已经说过了。显示巴利原文
Ko panetaṃ visesaṃ niyameti? Keci tāva therā vipassanāpādakajjhānaṃ niyametīti vadanti, keci vipassanāya ārammaṇabhūtā khandhā niyamentīti vadanti, keci puggalajjhāsayo niyametīti vadanti. Tesampi vāde ayameva pubbabhāge vuṭṭhānagāminīvipassanā niyametīti veditabbā. Vinicchayakathā panettha visuddhimagge saṅkhārupekkhāniddese vuttāva.
310 “种种”:即众多、繁多、种种多样。“依种种”:即依种种不同的所缘。“单一”:即单一。“依单一”:即依单一的所缘。那么,这里所说的舍是什么呢?下文先说无智舍,上文将说六支舍,而此处则含摄了止舍和观舍这两种舍。显示巴利原文
310.Nānattāti nānā bahū anekappakārā. Nānattasitāti nānārammaṇanissitā. Ekattāti ekā. Ekattasitāti ekārammaṇanissitā. Katamā panāyaṃ upekkhāti? Heṭṭhā tāva aññāṇupekkhā vuttā, upari chaḷaṅgupekkhā vakkhati, idha samathaupekkhā, vipassanupekkhāti dve upekkhā gahitā.
其中,对色的舍是一种,对声等的舍是另一种,因为对色的舍并不适用于声等。对色的舍只以色为所缘,不以声等为所缘。而且,一种止舍是取地遍为所缘而生起,另一种止舍则是取水遍等为所缘而生起。因此,在辨析“种种”与“依种种”时,世尊说:“诸比丘,有依于色的舍……”然而,由于空无边处等并无二种、三种等差别,识无边处等也是如此,故在辨析“单一”与“依单一”时,世尊说:“诸比丘,有依止于空无边处的舍……”显示巴利原文
Tattha yasmā aññāva rūpesu upekkhā, aññāva saddādīsu, na hi yā rūpe upekkhā, sā saddādīsu hoti. Rūpe upekkhā ca rūpameva ārammaṇaṃ karoti , na saddādayo. Rūpe upekkhābhāvañca aññā samathaupekkhā pathavīkasiṇaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā uppajjati, aññā āpokasiṇādīni. Tasmā nānattaṃ nānattasitaṃ vibhajanto atthi, bhikkhave, upekkhā rūpesūtiādimāha . Yasmā pana dve vā tīṇi vā ākāsānañcāyatanāni vā viññāṇañcāyatanādīni vā natthi, tasmā ekattaṃ ekattasitaṃ vibhajanto atthi, bhikkhave, upekkhā ākāsānañcāyatananissitātiādimāha.
其中,与空无边处定相应的舍,由相应故,称为“依止于空无边处”;观照空无边处诸蕴者的观舍,由所缘故,称为“依止于空无边处”。其余无色定,亦同此理。显示巴利原文
Tattha ākāsānañcāyatanaupekkhā sampayuttavasena ākāsānañcāyatananissitā, ākāsānañcāyatanakhandhe vipassantassa vipassanupekkhā ārammaṇavasena ākāsānañcāyatananissitā. Sesāsupi eseva nayo.
这里的「舍弃彼」是指:以无色界的定舍来舍弃色界的定舍,以无色界的观舍来舍弃色界的观舍。显示巴利原文
Taṃ pajahathāti ettha arūpāvacarasamāpattiupekkhāya rūpāvacarasamāpattiupekkhaṃ pajahāpeti, arūpāvacaravipassanupekkhāya rūpāvacaravipassanupekkhaṃ.
这里的「不热衷」:「热衷」即是渴爱;由于彻底灭尽了渴爱,故称出起观为「不热衷」。这里的「舍弃彼」是指:以出起观舍弃无色界的定舍与观舍。显示巴利原文
Atammayatanti ettha tammayatā nāma taṇhā, tassā pariyādānato vuṭṭhānagāminīvipassanā atammayatāti vuccati. Taṃ pajahathāti idha vuṭṭhānagāminīvipassanāya arūpāvacarasamāpattiupekkhañca vipassanupekkhañca pajahāpeti.
311 「Yadariyaṃ」:指圣者于念处中所亲近者,即正自觉者所依止的。于此,应知在三种情形中安立念,便是亲近于念处。「不欲闻」:由于信受而不想听闻。「不欲知」:不为求了知而策励其心。「回避」:超越、避开。「于师之教」:不觉得应当接受、应当圆满导师的教诫,是为这个意思。又「不欢喜」:指没有自己的意乐。这里不应理解为「因世俗之忧而不高兴」,而是因为那些尚未修行者没有生起欢喜之因,故如此说。「无漏」:指无有嗔之漏。「具念正知」:具足念与智。「住于舍」:依六支舍而安住于舍。这里的「欢喜」也不应理解为「因世俗的喜悦而雀跃」,而是因为已修行者没有不欢喜之因,故如此说。「无漏」:指无有贪之漏。显示巴利原文
311.Yadariyoti ye satipaṭṭhāne ariyo sammāsambuddho sevati. Tattha tīsu ṭhānesu satiṃ paṭṭhapento satipaṭṭhāne sevatīti veditabbo. Na sussūsantīti saddahitvā sotuṃ na icchanti. Na aññāti jānanatthāya cittaṃ na upaṭṭhapenti. Vokkammāti atikkamitvā. Satthu sāsanāti satthu ovādaṃ gahetabbaṃ pūretabbaṃ na maññantīti attho. Na ca attamanoti na sakamano. Ettha ca gehasitadomanassavasena appatīto hotīti na evamattho daṭṭhabbo, appaṭipannakesu pana attamanatākāraṇassa abhāvenetaṃ vuttaṃ. Anavassutoti paṭighaavassavena anavassuto. Sato sampajānoti satiyā ca ñāṇena ca samannāgato . Upekkhakoti chaḷaṅgupekkhāya upekkhako. Attamanoti idhāpi gehasitasomanassavasena uppilāvitoti na evamattho daṭṭhabbo, paṭipannakesu pana anattamanatākāraṇassa abhāvenetaṃ vuttaṃ. Anavassutoti rāgāvassavena anavassuto.
312 ‘已调御者’指已被调伏者。‘只向一方奔驰’是说,若奔跑时不折返,便只朝一个方向跑;但若先折返,则可以再跑向另一方向。‘向八方广驰’是指以结跏趺坐安坐,身体不动,借由解脱力,一击之间便向八方奔行;也可先面东而坐,或面朝南等其他某一方向坐定之后,再进入八等至——这是其义。其余各处文义皆明。显示巴利原文
312.Sāritoti damito. Ekameva disaṃ dhāvatīti anivattitvā dhāvanto ekaṃyeva disaṃ dhāvati, nivattitvā pana aparaṃ dhāvituṃ sakkoti. Aṭṭhadisā vidhāvatīti ekapallaṅkena nisinno kāyena anivattitvāva vimokkhavasena ekappahāreneva aṭṭha disā vidhāvati, puratthābhimukho vā dakkhiṇādīsu aññataradisābhimukho vā nisīditvā aṭṭha samāpattiyo samāpajjatiyevāti attho. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
《总说分别经》义释显示巴利原文
8. Uddesavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā
313 ‘如是我闻’:此即《总说分别经》。其中,‘总说分别’指总说与分别,也就是论母与详析之义。‘应审察’指推度、审查、遍知、抉择、决断。‘外’指对于外在的所缘。‘不散、不逸’:因渴爱而滞留在所缘上,便名为散乱、逸散;为遮止此而作是说。‘内不滞’是指于自身内在的行境中,不因渴爱而停滞。‘无执取而不战栗’意为:不执取、不抓取,此识便不战栗。整句是说:正如识对外不散乱、不逸散,对内不停滞,无所执取而不战栗,比丘应当如此去审察——这就是所说之义。‘生、老、死苦之集起’:即生、老、死以及其余一切苦,皆不再生起,这便是此句的含义。显示巴利原文
313.Evaṃme sutanti uddesavibhaṅgasuttaṃ. Tattha uddesavibhaṅganti uddesañca vibhaṅgañca, mātikañca vibhajanañcāti attho. Upaparikkheyyāti tuleyya tīreyya pariggaṇheyya paricchindeyya. Bahiddhāti bahiddhāārammaṇesu. Avikkhittaṃ avisaṭanti nikantivasena ārammaṇe tiṭṭhamānaṃ vikkhittaṃ visaṭaṃ nāma hoti, taṃ paṭisedhento evamāha. Ajjhattaṃ asaṇṭhitanti gocarajjhatte nikantivasena asaṇṭhitaṃ. Anupādāya na paritasseyyāti anupādiyitvā aggahetvā taṃ viññāṇaṃ na paritasseyya. Yathā viññāṇaṃ bahiddhā avikkhittaṃ avisaṭaṃ, ajjhattaṃ asaṇṭhitaṃ anupādāya na paritasseyya, evaṃ bhikkhu upaparikkheyyāti vuttaṃ hoti. Jātijarāmaraṇadukkhasamudayasambhavoti jātijarāmaraṇassa ceva avasesassa ca dukkhassa nibbatti na hotīti attho.
316 ‘随色相者’:因随念、追随色相,故称为随色相者。显示巴利原文
316.Rūpanimittānusārīti rūpanimittaṃ anussarati anudhāvatīti rūpanimittānusārī.
318 贤友,如是“内不滞”即不因染着而停滞。因为若不因染着而停滞,便不成退步分,唯是胜进分。显示巴利原文
318.Evaṃ kho, āvuso, ajjhattaṃ asaṇṭhitanti nikantivasena asaṇṭhitaṃ. Nikantivasena hi atiṭṭhamānaṃ hānabhāgiyaṃ na hoti, visesabhāgiyameva hoti.
320 “不取着怖畏”:导师于《蕴品》中说:“诸比丘,我为汝等开示执取怖畏与不执取不怖畏。”(《相应部》3.7)即如是将执取说为怖畏,将不执取说为不怖畏。大长老则将彼视为执取怖畏,却开示为不取着怖畏,故作是说。然则此怖畏如何成为不取着怖畏?因绝无可执取之物。若实有常恒、坚固、是我或我所之行可被执取,则此怖畏便是真实的执取怖畏。然正因无有这些可执取之行,故虽以“色是我”等方式似对色等诸蕴有所执取,亦实同不执取。是故,此怖畏从见解而言可称为执取怖畏,而于义理之本质,当知实名为“不取着怖畏”。显示巴利原文
320.Anupādā paritassanāti satthārā khandhiyavagge ‘‘upādāparitassanañca vo, bhikkhave, desessāmi anupādāaparitassanañcā’’ti (saṃ. ni. 3.7) evaṃ gahetvā paritassanā, aggahetvāva aparitassanā ca kathitā, taṃ mahāthero upādāparitassanameva anupādāparitassananti katvā dassento evamāha. Kathaṃ panesā anupādāparitassanā hotīti. Upādātabbassa abhāvato. Yadi hi koci saṅkhāro nicco vā dhuvo vā attā vā attaniyo vāti gahetabbayuttako abhavissa, ayaṃ paritassanā upādāparitassanāva assa. Yasmā pana evaṃ upādātabbo saṅkhāro nāma natthi, tasmā rūpaṃ attātiādinā nayena rūpādayo upādinnāpi anupādinnāva honti. Evamesā diṭṭhivasena upādāparitassanāpi samānā atthato anupādāparitassanāyeva nāma hotīti veditabbā.
“成为别异”:即转变,以舍离本然状态而灭尽。“色变异随转”:即业识随色之坏灭而转起,如“我之色变异”或“曾所存在者,今于我实无”等(《中部》1.242)之方式。“由变异随转所生”:即随变异而转、以变异为所缘之心识所生。“怖畏、法集起”:即渴爱怖畏与不善法之集起。“遍取心而住立”:即遍取并耗尽善心已,执持而住立。“有怖畏者”:既因恐惧而有怖畏,亦因渴爱而有怖畏。“有恼患者”:即有恼患、有苦。“有顾恋者”:即有依恋、有爱染。贤友,如是“不取着而有怖畏”者,即如有人执空匣以为宝匣,及至失坏,方于事后生起恼患;同此,非由事先执取,而于事后生起怖畏。显示巴利原文
Aññathā hotīti parivattati pakatijahanena nassati, rūpavipariṇāmānuparivattīti ‘‘mama rūpaṃ vipariṇata’’nti vā, ‘‘yaṃ ahu, taṃ vata me natthī’’ti vā ādinā (ma. ni. 1.242) nayena kammaviññāṇaṃ rūpassa bhedānuparivatti hoti. Vipariṇāmānuparivattajāti vipariṇāmassa anuparivattanato vipariṇāmārammaṇacittato jātā. Paritassanā dhammasamuppādāti taṇhāparitassanā ca akusaladhammasamuppādā ca. Cittaṃ pariyādāya tiṭṭhantīti kusalacittaṃ pariyādiyitvā gahetvā khepetvā tiṭṭhanti. Uttāsavāti bhayatāsenapi sauttāso taṇhātāsenapi sauttāso. Vighātavāti savighāto sadukkho. Apekkhavāti sālayo sasineho. Evaṃ kho, āvuso, anupādā paritassanā hotīti evaṃ maṇikaraṇḍakasaññāya tucchakaraṇḍakaṃ gahetvā tasmiṃ naṭṭhe pacchā vighātaṃ āpajjantassa viya pacchā aggahetvā paritassanā hoti.
321 「不随色变异而转」:因为漏尽者已无业识,故不会随色的坏灭而转起。其余各处皆浅显易懂。显示巴利原文
321.Naca rūpavipariṇāmānuparivattīti khīṇāsavassa kammaviññāṇameva natthi, tasmā rūpabhedānuparivatti na hoti. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
第九 《无诤分别经》释义显示巴利原文
9. Araṇavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā
323 「如是我闻」:此即《无诤分别经》。其中,「不应抬高,不应贬低」:即依世俗立场,对任何人不作抬举,亦不作贬抑。「只应说法」:即只应宣说真实法性。「乐之决断」:即已决断之乐。「背后言说」:即于背后说其过恶,意为离间语。「当面不应断」:即使于当面,也不应出断绝、粗暴、染污之言。「不应执取」:即不应固执执取之后而说。「随顺名称」:即随顺世间名称、世间施设。「不应超越」:即不应逾越。显示巴利原文
323.Evaṃme sutanti araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ. Tattha nevussādeyya na apasādeyyāti gehasitavasena kañci puggalaṃ neva ukkhipeyya na avakkhipeyya. Dhammameva deseyyāti sabhāvameva katheyya. Sukhavinicchayanti vinicchitasukhaṃ. Raho vādanti parammukhā avaṇṇaṃ, pisuṇavācanti attho. Sammukhā na khīṇanti sammukhāpi khīṇaṃ ākiṇṇaṃ saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ vācaṃ na bhaṇeyya. Nābhiniveseyyāti na adhiṭṭhahitvā ādāya vohareyya. Samaññanti lokasamaññaṃ lokapaṇṇattiṃ. Nātidhāveyyāti nātikkameyya.
324 「欲结生乐者」:即藉由欲的结生、与欲相应之乐而得安乐者。「有苦者」:即因异熟之苦与杂染之苦而有苦者。「有危害者」:即因异熟之危害与烦恼之危害而有危害者。同样,「有热恼者」也是如此。「邪行道」:即不真实的行道,亦即不善的行道。显示巴利原文
324.Kāmapaṭisandhisukhinoti kāmapaṭisandhinā kāmūpasaṃhitena sukhena sukhitassa. Sadukkhoti vipākadukkhena saṃkilesadukkhenapi sadukkho. Saupaghātoti vipākūpaghātakilesūpaghāteheva saupaghāto. Tathā sapariḷāho. Micchāpaṭipadāti ayāthāvapaṭipadā akusalapaṭipadā.
326 “如此贬低某些人”:即以这种世俗的方式贬低某一类人;抬高也是同样的道理。“有结”:即有的束缚,这是渴爱的异名。显示巴利原文
326.Ittheke apasādetīti evaṃ gehasitavasena ekacce puggale apasādeti. Ussādanepi eseva nayo. Bhavasaṃyojananti bhavabandhanaṃ, taṇhāyetaṃ nāmaṃ.
据说,须菩提长老正是依这四法而被立为第一。当世尊说法时,对于人的褒贬会有所显现,舍利弗长老等也是如此。而须菩提长老说法时,则不会说“此人未行道、未成就”,也不会说“此人具戒、有德、知耻、爱乐、行仪圆满”;在他的说法中,只显现“这是邪行道,这是正行道”。因此,世尊说:“比丘们!在我的声闻比丘中,安住无诤第一者,即是须菩提。”显示巴利原文
Subhūtitthero kira imaṃ catukkaṃ nissāya etadagge ṭhapito. Bhagavato hi dhammaṃ desentassa puggalānaṃ ussādanāapasādanā paññāyanti, tathā sāriputtattherādīnaṃ. Subhūtittherassa pana dhammadesanāya ‘‘ayaṃ puggalo appaṭipannako anārādhako’’ti vā, ‘‘ayaṃ sīlavā guṇavā lajjipesalo ācārasampanno’’ti vā natthi, dhammadesanāya panassa ‘‘ayaṃ micchāpaṭipadā, ayaṃ sammāpaṭipadā’’tveva paññāyati. Tasmā bhagavā ‘‘etadaggaṃ, bhikkhave, mama sāvakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ araṇavihārīnaṃ yadidaṃ subhūtī’’ti āha.
329 “知时者”:不于时机未至或已过时而说,而是了知“此时所说,大众当能领受”的适当时候,才在背后说其过失。当面说也是同样的道理。显示巴利原文
329.Kālaññūassāti asampatte ca atikkante ca kāle akathetvā ‘‘idāni vuccamānaṃ mahājano gaṇhissatī’’ti yuttapattakālaṃ ñatvāva parammukhā avaṇṇaṃ bhāseyya. Khīṇavādepi eseva nayo.
330 「受损」指被伤害。「声音也受损」指声音也破裂。「患病」指成为病人,生病、有疾。「未开释」指未得开释、未无碍。显示巴利原文
330.Upahaññatīti ghātiyati. Saropi upahaññatīti saddopi bhijjati. Āturīyatīti āturo hoti gelaññappatto sābādho. Avissaṭṭhanti vissaṭṭhaṃ apalibuddhaṃ na hoti.
331 「即彼器」指那个器皿。「固执而说」:到了那个知道「钵」的地方,听到「把钵拿来洗」时,却固执地说:「愚痴凡夫,这不是钵,是盘,应这样说。」以此类推,所有词语皆然。「超逾」指过度驰骋。显示巴利原文
331.Tadevāti taṃyeva bhājanaṃ. Abhinivissa voharatīti pattanti sañjānanajanapadaṃ gantvā ‘‘pattaṃ āharatha dhovathā’’ti sutvā ‘‘andhabālaputhujjano, nayidaṃ pattaṃ, pāti namesā, evaṃ vadāhī’’ti abhinivissa voharati. Evaṃ sabbapadehi yojetabbaṃ. Atisāroti atidhāvanaṃ.
332 「如是以各种方式说而不执取」:即「在我们的地方,器皿称为盘,而这里的人称为钵」,从此以后,他放下地方惯用语,不执取地就称它为钵。对其余词语,道理相同。显示巴利原文
332.Tathā tathā voharati aparāmasanti amhākaṃ janapade bhājanaṃ pātīti vuccati, ime pana naṃ pattanti vadantīti tato paṭṭhāya janapadavohāraṃ muñcitvā pattaṃ pattanteva aparāmasanto voharati. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo.
333 现在,为了作界限的分别,而说“于此,比丘们”等。其中,“有染”是指有尘垢、有烦恼者。“无染”是指无尘垢、无烦恼者。而须菩提比丘——这位长老于二处被尊为第一:“无诤住者中,此即须菩提;应供者中,此即须菩提。”(《增支部》1.202)显示巴利原文
333. Idāni mariyādabhājanīyaṃ karonto tatra, bhikkhavetiādimāha. Tattha saraṇoti sarajo sakileso. Araṇoti arajo nikkileso. Subhūti ca pana, bhikkhaveti ayaṃ thero dvīsu ṭhānesu etadaggaṃ āruḷho ‘‘araṇavihārīnaṃ yadidaṃ subhūti, dakkhiṇeyyānaṃ yadidaṃ subhūtī’’ti (a. ni. 1.202).
据说,法将(舍利弗)净化施物,须菩提长老则净化施主。例如,法将乞食时,立于门前,在他们取来食物的那段时间,他先预定时限,随后入灭尽定;从灭尽定出定后,接受施物。须菩提长老也同样地入慈心禅,从慈心禅出定后接受施物。那么,这样做可能吗?可能,而且这并不稀有,因为证得大神通的声闻弟子是可能这样做的。就像在这铜鍱洲,过去一位国王的时代,有位名叫宾伽罗佛护的长老,住在北方村附近。那里有七百户人家,没有一家是长老不在其门前入定的。其余各处文义皆易了知。显示巴利原文
Dhammasenāpati kira vatthuṃ sodheti, subhūtitthero dakkhiṇaṃ sodheti. Tathā hi dhammasenāpati piṇḍāya caranto gehadvāre ṭhito yāva bhikkhaṃ āharanti, tāva pubbabhāge paricchinditvā nirodhaṃ samāpajjati, nirodhā vuṭṭhāya deyyadhammaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti. Subhūtitthero ca tatheva mettājhānaṃ samāpajjati, mettājhānā vuṭṭhāya deyyadhammaṃ paṭiggaṇhāti. Evaṃ pana kātuṃ sakkāti. Āma sakkā, neva acchariyañcetaṃ, yaṃ mahābhiññappattā sāvakā evaṃ kareyyuṃ. Imasmimpi hi tambapaṇṇidīpe porāṇakarājakāle piṅgalabuddharakkhitatthero nāma uttaragāmaṃ nissāya vihāsi. Tattha satta kulasatāni honti, ekampi taṃ kuladvāraṃ natthi, yattha thero samāpattiṃ na samāpajji. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
十、《界分别经》释义显示巴利原文
10. Dhātuvibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā
342 “如是我闻”——这是《界分别经》。其中,“游行”是指快速赶路的游行。“跋伽婆,若你不觉得沉重”,意思是:如果你不感到任何负担、不适。“如果他允许”——据说跋伽婆心中这样想:“出家人本就有各种不同的喜好,有的乐于群居,有的乐于独处。如果他是个乐于独处的人,就会说:‘贤友,别进来,这间房我已得到了。’如果我是个乐于独处的人,就会说:‘贤友,请出去,这间房我已得到了。’要是这样,我便成了挑起两人争端的人。已经给出去的东西便归于给出去的状态,已经做了的事就算是定了。”因此他才如此说。显示巴利原文
342.Evaṃme sutanti dhātuvibhaṅgasuttaṃ. Tattha cārikanti turitagamanacārikaṃ. Sace te bhaggava agarūti sace tuyhaṃ bhāriyaṃ aphāsukaṃ kiñci natthi. Sace so anujānātīti bhaggavassa kira etadahosi – ‘‘pabbajitā nāma nānāajjhāsayā, eko gaṇābhirato hoti, eko ekābhirato. Sace so ekābhirato bhavissati, ‘āvuso, mā pāvisi, mayā sālā laddhā’ti vakkhati. Sace ayaṃ ekābhirato bhavissati, ‘āvuso, nikkhama, mayā sālā laddhā’ti vakkhati. Evaṃ sante ahaṃ ubhinnaṃ vivādakāretā nāma bhavissāmi, dinnaṃ nāma dinnameva vaṭṭati, kataṃ katamevā’’ti. Tasmā evamāha.
“良家子”:既指出生种姓的良家子,也指具备德行的良家子。“已前来安住”:意思是已经来到这里安住下来。从哪里来?从得叉尸罗城来。显示巴利原文
Kulaputtoti jātikulaputtopi ācārakulaputtopi. Vāsūpagatoti vāsaṃ upagato. Kuto āgantvāti? Takkasīlanagarato.
此处的经过是这样:据说,在中印度的王舍城由频婆娑罗王统治时,边地的得叉尸罗城则由弗迦娑提王统治。那时,有商人从得叉尸罗带着货物来到王舍城,备好礼品去觐见国王。国王在他们礼敬并站于一旁后,问道:“你们从哪里来?”“从得叉尸罗来,陛下。”国王询问了该地的安稳、丰饶等情况及城中动态后,又问:“你们的国王叫什么名字?”“叫弗迦娑提,陛下。”“他以正法治理国家吗?”“是的,陛下,他以正法治国。他以四种摄事摄受人民,如同世间的父母,又像安抚卧在床上的婴孩一般,令人民满意。”“他的年纪多大?”他们禀告了年纪,竟与频婆娑罗王同龄。国王便说:“诸位贤友,你们的国王有法,且与我年纪相仿。你们能设法让你们的国王成为我的朋友吗?”“能的,陛下。”国王免除了这些商人的关税,赐予住处,并吩咐道:“去吧,售完货物后,临行前先来见我,然后再启程。”他们照做后,临行时面见了国王。国王说:“去吧,替我反复向你们的国王问候安康,并转告他:‘国王希望与你结交为友。’”显示巴利原文
Tatrāyaṃ anupubbikathā – majjhimappadese kira rājagahanagare bimbisāre rajjaṃ kārente paccante takkasīlanagare pukkusāti rājā rajjaṃ kāresi. Atha takkasīlato bhaṇḍaṃ gahetvā vāṇijā rājagahaṃ āgatā paṇṇākāraṃ gahetvā rājānaṃ addasaṃsu. Rājā te vanditvā ṭhite ‘‘katthavāsino tumhe’’ti pucchi. Takkasīlavāsino devāti. Atha ne rājā janapadassa khemasubhikkhatādīni nagarassa ca pavattiṃ pucchitvā ‘‘ko nāma tumhākaṃ rājā’’ti pucchi. Pukkusāti nāma devāti. Dhammikoti? Āma deva dhammiko. Catūhi saṅgahavatthūhi janaṃ saṅgaṇhāti, lokassa mātāpitiṭṭhāne ṭhito, aṅge nipannadārakaṃ viya janaṃ tosetīti. Katarasmiṃ vaye vattatīti? Athassa vayaṃ ācikkhiṃsu. Vayesupi bimbisārena samavayo jāto. Atha te rājā āha – ‘‘tātā tumhākaṃ rājā dhammiko, vayena ca me samāno, sakkuṇeyyātha tumhākaṃ rājānaṃ mama mittaṃ kātu’’nti. Sakkoma devāti. Rājā tesaṃ suṅkaṃ vissajjetvā gehañca dāpetvā – ‘‘gacchatha bhaṇḍaṃ vikkiṇitvā gamanakāle maṃ disvā gaccheyyāthā’’ti āha. Te tathā katvā gamanakāle rājānaṃ addasaṃsu. ‘‘Gacchatha tumhākaṃ rājānaṃ mama vacanena punappunaṃ ārogyaṃ pucchitvā ‘rājā tumhehi saddhiṃ mittabhāvaṃ icchatī’ti vadathā’’ti āha.
他们答应“好的”之后,返回存放好货物,用过早餐,便前往国王处礼敬。国王问:“喂,这几天你们去了哪里,怎么都不见人影?”他们将事情的经过一五一十地禀报了。国王欢喜地说:“善哉,诸位贤友,靠你们的相助,我在中印度交到了一位国王朋友。”后来,王舍城的商人也去了得叉尸罗。他们带着礼品到来时,弗迦娑提王问道:“你们从哪里来?”听到“从王舍城来”后,他说:“你们是从我朋友的城市来的。”“是的,陛下。”他问候了朋友的安康后,便下令击鼓宣告:“从今日起,凡是从我朋友城市来的商队,无论徒步的商队还是车乘的商队,自进入我国土的那一刻起,都要为他们安排住处,从王库供给食物,免除关税,不得对其有任何侵扰。”频婆娑罗王同样在自己的城中击鼓宣告了这一指令。显示巴利原文
Te sādhūti paṭissuṇitvā gantvā bhaṇḍaṃ paṭisāmetvā bhuttapātarāsā rājānaṃ upasaṅkamitvā vandiṃsu. Rājā ‘‘kahaṃ bhaṇe tumhe ettake ime divase na dissathā’’ti pucchi. Te sabbaṃ pavattiṃ ārocesuṃ. Rājā – ‘‘sādhu, tātā, tumhe nissāya mayā majjhimappadese rājā mitto laddho’’ti attamano ahosi. Aparabhāge rājagahavāsinopi vāṇijā takkasīlaṃ agamaṃsu. Te paṇṇākāraṃ gahetvā āgate pukkusāti rājā ‘‘kuto āgatatthā’’ti pucchitvā ‘‘rājagahato’’ti sutvā ‘‘mayhaṃ sahāyassa nagarato āgatā tumhe’’ti. Āma devāti. Ārogyaṃ me sahāyassāti ārogyaṃ pucchitvā ‘‘ajja paṭṭhāya ye mayhaṃ sahāyassa nagarato jaṅghasatthena vā sakaṭasatthena vā vāṇijā āgacchanti, sabbesaṃ mama visayaṃ paviṭṭhakālato paṭṭhāya vasanagehāni, rājakoṭṭhāgārato nivāpañca dentu, suṅkaṃ vissajjentu, kiñci upaddavaṃ mā karontū’’ti bheriṃ carāpesi. Bimbisāropi attano nagare tatheva bheriṃ carāpesi.
于是,频婆娑罗王遣使送信给弗迦娑提:“边地往往出产宝珠等珍奇之物,若我友国中出现任何殊胜可观、值得称道的宝物,尚请我友莫对此吝惜。”弗迦娑提也回复道:“中印度乃是泱泱大国,若彼处有此类宝物出现,也请我友莫对我吝惜。”如此经年累月,二人虽从未谋面,却结下了深厚的情谊。显示巴利原文
Atha bimbisāro pukkusātissa paṇṇaṃ pahiṇi – ‘‘paccantadese nāma maṇimuttādīni ratanāni uppajjanti, yaṃ mayhaṃ sahāyassa rajje dassanīyaṃ vā savanīyaṃ vā ratanaṃ uppajjati, tattha me mā maccharāyatū’’ti. Pukkusātipi – ‘‘majjhimadeso nāma mahājanapado, yaṃ tattha evarūpaṃ ratanaṃ uppajjati, tattha me sahāyo mā maccharāyatū’’ti paṭipaṇṇaṃ pahiṇi. Evaṃ te gacchante gacchante kāle aññamaññaṃ adisvāpi daḷhamittā ahesuṃ.
他们这样彼此约定之后,过了一段时间,弗迦娑提先得到了一份献礼。据说,这位国王获得了八块五彩斑斓的无价毛毯。他心想:“这些毛毯实在太美了,我要送给我的朋友。”于是他命人准备了八个如虫漆丸大小的精巧小盒,将毛毯放入盒中,用虫漆滚成圆球,再以白布包裹,装入匣子,外头再用布裹好,加盖王印,派大臣送去,并吩咐道:“将此交与我友。”还特别交代:“这份礼品须在城中央,由大臣们围绕看视而打开。”他们抵达后,便将礼品献给了频婆娑罗。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ tesaṃ katikaṃ katvā vasantānaṃ paṭhamataraṃ pukkusātissa paṇṇākāro uppajji. Rājā kira aṭṭha pañcavaṇṇe anagghakambale labhi. So – ‘‘atisundarā ime kambalā, ahaṃ sahāyassa pesissāmī’’ti lākhāguḷamatte aṭṭha sārakaraṇḍake likhāpetvā tesu te kambale pakkhipitvā lākhāya vaṭṭāpetvā setavatthena veṭhetvā samugge pakkhipitvā vatthena veṭhetvā rājamuddikāya lañchetvā ‘‘mayhaṃ sahāyassa dethā’’ti amacce pesesi. Sāsanañca adāsi – ‘‘ayaṃ paṇṇākāro nagaramajjhe amaccādiparivutena daṭṭhabbo’’ti. Te gantvā bimbisārassa adaṃsu.
他听闻传话后,便命人击鼓传唤:“召集大臣们。”他坐在城中央,为大臣们簇拥,头顶撑起白伞,坐于殊胜宝座之上。他启开封缄,除去布裹,打开匣子,解开内里的包裹,见到虫漆丸后,心中思忖:“想必我的朋友弗迦娑提以为‘我的朋友家财丰厚’,才送来这般礼品。”他拿起一粒丸子在手中搓动,一掂便知内有布包。于是,他用座床的一脚轻轻一撞,虫漆当即碎裂,他用指甲打开小盒,见其中藏有宝毯,又令人打开其余丸盒,全都盛着毯子。他命人将毯子展开,只见色彩具足、触感美妙,长十六肘、宽八肘。大众见了纷纷弹指、挥动衣巾,欢喜赞叹:“我们国王那位从未谋面的朋友弗迦娑提,竟能送来如此厚礼,结交这样的挚友,真是值得!”国王逐一估价这些毯子,无一不是无价之宝。他将其中四块供养了正自觉者,四块留在自己宫中。而后,国王心中默念:“后来送礼者,理应献上胜过前礼的佳品。我友送来了无可估价的宝礼,我又当以何物回赠呢?”显示巴利原文
So sāsanaṃ sutvā amaccādayo sannipatantūti bheriṃ carāpetvā nagaramajjhe amaccādiparivuto setacchattena dhāriyamānena pallaṅkavare nisinno lañchanaṃ bhinditvā vatthaṃ apanetvā samuggaṃ vivaritvā anto bhaṇḍikaṃ muñcitvā lākhāguḷe disvā ‘‘mayhaṃ sahāyo pukkusāti ‘jutavittako me sahāyo’ti maññamāno maññe imaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ pahiṇī’’ti ekaṃ guḷaṃ gahetvā hatthena vaṭṭetvā tulayantova anto dussabhaṇḍikaṃ atthīti aññāsi. Atha naṃ pallaṅkapāde paharitvā tāvadeva lākhā paripati, so nakhena karaṇḍakaṃ vivaritvā anto kambalaratanaṃ disvā itarepi vivarāpesi, sabbepi kambalā ahesuṃ. Atha ne pattharāpesi, te vaṇṇasampannā phassasampannā dīghato soḷasahatthā tiriyaṃ aṭṭhahatthā ahesuṃ. Mahājano disvā aṅguliyo poṭhesi, celukkhepaṃ akāsi, – ‘‘amhākaṃ rañño adiṭṭhasahāyo pukkusāti adisvāva evarūpaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ pesesi, yuttaṃ evarūpaṃ mittaṃ kātu’’nti attamano ahosi. Rājā ekamekaṃ kambalaṃ agghāpesi, sabbe anagghā ahesuṃ. Tesu cattāro sammāsambuddhassa pesesi, cattāro attano ghare akāsi. Tato cintesi – ‘‘pacchā pesentena paṭhamaṃ pesitapaṇṇākārato atirekaṃ pesetuṃ vaṭṭati, sahāyena ca me anaggho paṇṇākāro pesito, kiṃ nu kho pesemī’’ti?
难道王舍城中便没有比那更殊胜的宝物吗?并非没有,这位国王实有大福报。然而,自从他证得入流果之时起,除了三宝之外,其他任何宝物都不能令他心生喜悦。他便开始思择何谓宝物:宝物有两种,一种是有情宝物,一种是无情宝物。其中,无情宝物如金、银等,有情宝物则是指具有根身的众生。无情宝物仅为众生作装饰等用途。因此,在这两种宝物之中,有情宝最为殊胜。有情宝又分为畜生宝和人宝两种。其中,畜生宝如象宝、马宝,它们也是为人的受用而出现的。因此,在这两类之中,人宝最为殊胜。人宝又分为女宝和男宝两种。其中,转轮圣王所拥有的女宝,同样是为了男子的受用。因此,在这两类之中,男宝最为殊胜。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ pana rājagahe tato adhikaṃ ratanaṃ natthīti? No natthi, mahāpuñño rājā, apica kho panassa sotāpannakālato paṭṭhāya ṭhapetvā tīṇi ratanāni aññaṃ ratanaṃ somanassaṃ janetuṃ samatthaṃ nāma natthi . So ratanaṃ vicinituṃ āraddho – ratanaṃ nāma saviññāṇakaṃ aviññāṇakanti duvidhaṃ. Tattha aviññāṇakaṃ suvaṇṇarajatādi, saviññāṇakaṃ indriyabaddhaṃ. Aviññāṇakaṃ saviññāṇakasseva alaṅkārādivasena paribhogaṃ hoti, iti imesu dvīsu ratanesu saviññāṇakaṃ seṭṭhaṃ. Saviññāṇakampi duvidhaṃ tiracchānaratanaṃ manussaratananti. Tattha tiracchānaratanaṃ hatthiassaratanaṃ, tampi manussānaṃ upabhogatthameva nibbattati , iti imesupi dvīsu manussaratanaṃ seṭṭhaṃ. Manussaratanampi duvidhaṃ itthiratanaṃ purisaratananti. Tattha cakkavattino rañño uppannaṃ itthiratanampi purisasseva upabhogaṃ. Iti imesupi dvīsu purisaratanameva seṭṭhaṃ.
男宝又分为在家宝与出家宝两种。其中,就算是转轮王,在家宝中最尊贵者,也要向刚刚出家的沙弥行五体投地之礼。因此,在这两种之中,出家宝最为殊胜。出家宝又分为有学宝和无学宝两种。其中,纵有十万有学,也不及一位无学的一分。因此,在这两种之中,无学宝最为殊胜。无学宝又分为佛宝和声闻宝两种。其中,纵有十万声闻宝,也不及一位佛宝的一分。因此,在这两种之中,佛宝最为殊胜。显示巴利原文
Purisaratanampi duvidhaṃ agāriyaratanaṃ anagāriyaratanañca. Tattha agāriyaratanesupi cakkavattirājā ajja pabbajitasāmaṇeraṃ pañcapatiṭṭhitena vandati, iti imesupi dvīsu anagāriyaratanameva seṭṭhaṃ. Anagāriyaratanampi duvidhaṃ sekkharatanañca asekkharatanañca. Tattha satasahassampi sekkhānaṃ asekkhassa padesaṃ na pāpuṇāti, iti imesupi dvīsu asekkharatanameva seṭṭhaṃ. Tampi duvidhaṃ buddharatanaṃ sāvakaratananti. Tattha satasahassampi sāvakaratanānaṃ buddharatanassa padesaṃ na pāpuṇāti, iti imesupi dvīsū buddharatanameva seṭṭhaṃ.
佛宝又分为独觉佛宝和一切知佛宝两种。其中,纵有十万独觉佛,也不及一位一切知佛的一分。因此,在这两种之中,一切知佛宝最为殊胜。因为在此包含天神的世界中,没有能与佛宝相提并论的宝物。于是他想:'我要把这无与伦比的宝物送给我的朋友。'他便问得叉尸罗的居民们:'孩子们,在你们的地方,能见到佛、法、僧这三宝吗?'他们回答:'大王,连这样的音声都闻所未闻,更不用说亲眼见到了。'显示巴利原文
Buddharatanampi duvidhaṃ paccekabuddharatanaṃ sabbaññubuddharatananti. Tattha satasahassampi paccekabuddhānaṃ sabbaññubuddhassa padesaṃ na pāpuṇāti, iti imesupi dvīsu sabbaññubuddharatanaṃyeva seṭṭhaṃ. Sadevakasmiñhi loke buddharatanasamaṃ ratanaṃ nāma natthi. Tasmā asadisameva ratanaṃ mayhaṃ sahāyassa pesessāmīti cintetvā takkasīlavāsino pucchi – ‘‘tātā tumhākaṃ janapade buddho dhammo saṅghoti imāni tīṇi ratanāni dissantī’’ti. Ghosopi so mahārāja tāva tattha natthi, dassanaṃ pana kutoti.
“真好啊,孩子们!”国王满心欢喜,思惟道:“为了利益民众,能不能把正自觉者派到我朋友所住的地方去呢?然而,佛陀并不在边地显现。因此,导师无法前往。或许可以派舍利弗、目犍连等大弟子去。可是,若是听说长老们住在边地,我理当派人把他们请到身边来恭敬供养。所以,长老们也不能去。那么,如果能设法把教法送过去,使得如同导师和大弟子们亲自到了一样,我就用这样的方式把教法送去吧。”如此思惟之后,他让人打造了一块长四肘、宽约一拃、不厚不薄的金板,心想:“今天我要在上面刻写文字。”清晨,他洗了头,受持布萨戒,用过早餐,卸下花鬘与璎珞,手持盛着朱砂的金匣,从底层开始依次关上各道门,登上宫殿,打开朝东的狮子窗,坐在露台上,在那块金板上开始刻写文字:“于此世间,如来出现,阿拉汉、正自觉者、明行具足、善逝、世间解、无上调御丈夫、天人师、佛陀、世尊。”就这样,他先以一段文字刻下了佛陀的部分功德。显示巴利原文
‘‘Sundaraṃ tātā’’ti rājā tuṭṭho cintesi – ‘‘sakkā bhaveyya janasaṅgahatthāya mayhaṃ sahāyassa vasanaṭṭhānaṃ sammāsambuddhaṃ pesetuṃ, buddhā pana paccantimesu janapadesu na aruṇaṃ uṭṭhapenti. Tasmā satthārā gantuṃ na sakkā. Sāriputtamoggallānādayo mahāsāvake pesetuṃ sakkā bhaveyya. Mayā pana ‘therā paccante vasantī’ti sutvāpi manusse pesetvā te attano samīpaṃ āṇāpetvā upaṭṭhātumeva yuttaṃ. Tasmā na therehipi sakkā gantuṃ. Yena panākārena sāsane pesite satthā ca mahāsāvakā ca gatā viya honti, tenākārena sāsanaṃ pahiṇissāmī’’ti. Cintetvā caturatanāyāmaṃ vidatthimattaputhulaṃ nātitanuṃ nātibahalaṃ suvaṇṇapaṭṭaṃ kārāpetvā ‘‘tattha ajja akkharāni likhissāmī’’ti. Pātova sīsaṃ nhāyitvā uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya bhuttapātarāso apanītagandhamālābharaṇo suvaṇṇasarakena jātihiṅgulikaṃ ādāya heṭṭhato paṭṭhāya dvārāni pidahanto pāsādamāruyha pubbadisāmukhaṃ sīhapañjaraṃ vivaritvā ākāsatale nisīditvā suvaṇṇapaṭṭe akkharāni likhanto – ‘‘idha tathāgato loke uppanno arahaṃ sammāsambuddho vijjācaraṇasampanno sugato lokavidū anuttaro purisadammasārathi satthā devamanussānaṃ buddho bhagavā’’ti. Buddhaguṇe tāva ekadesena likhi.
接着,他刻写道:“他如此圆满了十波罗蜜,从兜率天宫降没,入住母胎而结生;当时世间显现了这般瑞相;住母胎时,经历如此这般;在家时,经历如此这般;他如此大出家,如此勤修大精进。历经种种难行之后,他登上大菩提座,坐于不败座上,证悟了一切知智;当他证悟一切知智时,世间显现了那般瑞相。在这含天界的世界里,没有任何财宝能与之相提并论。”显示巴利原文
Tato ‘‘evaṃ dasa pāramiyo pūretvā tusitabhavanato cavitvā mātukucchimhi paṭisandhiṃ gaṇhi , evaṃ lokavivaraṇaṃ ahosi, mātukucchiyaṃ vasamāne idaṃ nāma ahosi, agāramajjhe vasamāne idaṃ nāma ahosi, evaṃ mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhanto evaṃ mahāpadhānaṃ padahi. Evaṃ dukkarakārikaṃ katvā mahābodhimaṇḍaṃ āruyha aparājitapallaṅke nisinno sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭivijjhi, sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭivijjhantassa evaṃ lokavivaraṇaṃ ahosi. Sadevake loke aññaṃ evarūpaṃ ratanaṃ nāma natthīti.
无论于此世间,或于他方世界,所有财富,
在天界中,这殊胜的宝;
没有能与如来等同的。
显示巴利原文 Yaṃkiñci vittaṃ idha vā huraṃ vā, Saggesu vā yaṃ ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ; Na no samaṃ atthi tathāgatena, Idampi buddhe ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ; Etena saccena suvatthi hotū’’ti. (khu. pā. 6.3; su. ni. 226) –
如是略述一分佛功德后,次赞第二法宝,曰:“法乃世尊所善说……(中略)……当由智者各自证知。” “四念处……(中略)……圣八支道。” “导师所说之法,正是如此、如此。”复以一分略述三十七菩提分法已——显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ekadesena buddhaguṇepi likhitvā dutiyaṃ dhammaratanaṃ thomento – ‘‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo…pe… paccattaṃ veditabbo viññūhī’’ti. ‘‘Cattāro satipaṭṭhānā…pe… ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo’’ti. ‘‘Satthārā desitadhammo nāma evarūpo ca evarūpo cā’’ti sattatiṃsa bodhipakkhiye ekadesena likhitvā –
以此真实语,愿有安乐!(Etena saccena suvatthi hotū)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Yaṃ buddhaseṭṭho parivaṇṇayī suciṃ, Samādhimānantarikaññamāhu; Samādhinā tena samo na vijjati, Idampi dhamme ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ; Etena saccena suvatthi hotū’’ti. (khu. pā. 6.5; su. ni. 228) –
如此,简略记下法的功德之后,为赞叹第三僧宝,而说:“世尊的声闻僧团是善行道者……乃至……是世间无上的福田。”所谓“善男子”,是那些听闻导师法语后离家出家之人。他们之中,有些舍弃白伞而出家,有些舍弃副王位,有些舍弃将军位等。出家之后,他们圆满此修行之道。他又简略记下小戒、中戒、大戒等,以及六门的防护、正念与正知、四资具知足、九种坐卧处、五盖的断除、遍作、禅那与神通、三十八种业处,乃至漏尽,皆作简略记录。详细记下十六种入出息念业处之后,说道:“所谓导师的声闻僧团,正是具足如此功德者。”显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ekadesena dhammaguṇe likhitvā tatiyaṃ saṅgharatanaṃ thomento – ‘‘suppaṭipanno bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho…pe… puññakkhettaṃ lokassā’’ti. ‘‘Kulaputtā nāma satthu dhammakathaṃ sutvā evaṃ nikkhamitvā pabbajanti, keci setacchattaṃ pahāya pabbajanti, keci uparajjaṃ, keci senāpatiṭṭhānādīni pahāya pabbajanti. Pabbajitvā ca pana imañca paṭipattiṃ pūrentī’’ti cūḷasīlamajjhimasīlamahāsīlādīni ekadesena likhitvā chadvārasaṃvaraṃ satisampajaññaṃ catupaccayasantosaṃ navavidhaṃ senāsanaṃ, nīvaraṇappahānaṃ parikammaṃ jhānābhiññā aṭṭhatiṃsa kammaṭṭhānāni yāva āsavakkhayā ekadesena likhi, soḷasavidhaṃ ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ vitthāreneva likhitvā ‘‘satthu sāvakasaṅgho nāma evarūpehi ca guṇehi samannāgato.
他们是善逝的声闻,是应供者,
布施于他们,即得大果报。
以此真实语,愿有安乐!(Etena saccena suvatthi hotū)
显示巴利原文 Ye puggalā aṭṭhasataṃ pasaṭṭhā, Cattāri etāni yugāni honti; Te dakkhiṇeyyā sugatassa sāvakā, Etesu dinnāni mahapphalāni; Idampi saṅghe ratanaṃ paṇītaṃ, Etena saccena suvatthi hotū’’ti. (khu. pā. 6.6; su. ni. 229) –
他就这样简要记下僧团的功德,接着写道:“世尊的教法是善说的、导向出离的,如果我的朋友有能力,就请他离家出家吧。”写完之后,他将金叶卷起,用细软毛毯包好,放进檀木盒;又把这个檀木盒装入金盒,金盒装入银盒,银盒装入宝珠盒,宝珠盒装入珊瑚盒,珊瑚盒装入红宝石盒,红宝石盒装入翡翠盒,翡翠盒装入水晶盒,水晶盒装入象牙盒,象牙盒装入众宝盒,众宝盒装入藤盒,最后将藤盒安放在一只檀木函内。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ ekadesena saṅghaguṇe likhitvā – ‘‘bhagavato sāsanaṃ svākkhātaṃ niyyānikaṃ, sace mayhaṃ sahāyo sakkoti, nikkhamitvā pabbajatū’’ti likhitvā suvaṇṇapaṭṭaṃ saṃharitvā sukhumakambalena veṭhetvā sārasamugge pakkhipitvā taṃ samuggaṃ suvaṇṇamaye, suvaṇṇamayaṃ, rajatamaye rajatamayaṃ maṇimaye, maṇimayaṃ pavāḷamaye, pavāḷamayaṃ lohitaṅkamaye, lohitaṅkamayaṃ masāragallamaye, masāragallamayaṃ phalikamaye, phalikamayaṃ dantamaye, dantamayaṃ sabbaratanamaye, sabbaratanamayaṃ kilañjamaye, kilañjamayaṃ samuggaṃ sārakaraṇḍake ṭhapesi.
接着,又将那檀香函放入金函,依前所述之法层层套置,最后将众宝制成的函放进藤制函中。随即,再依前述之法,将藤函置入檀香木箱,把众宝所成之箱放进藤制箱后,于外裹布,打上国王印信封缄。他便命令大臣们:“凡我法令所及之地,皆当庄严道路;道路宽八牛呼,其中四牛呼之地只须洒扫洁净,中间四牛呼之地则当以国王威势作特别布置。”而后,令人装饰吉祥象,于象背设座,撑起白伞;又令城中洒水净道,竖立幢幡,以芭蕉、满水罐、香、烟、花等种种供品,极尽庄严。又派遣急使至各地封君处传话:“于你们各自辖境,亦应作如是供养。”他自己也佩戴一切庄严,说道:“我要令一切乐手与各类兵众前后围绕,遣人将礼品护送而去。”他来到自己领土边界,对一位大臣留下口信:“爱卿,吾友弗迦娑提受此礼品时,莫于后宫眷属中间受取,应令登殿方受。”如此嘱咐毕,国王便犹如一位前往边地教化的导师那样。显示巴利原文
Puna sārakaraṇḍakaṃ suvaṇṇakaraṇḍaketi purimanayeneva haritvā sabbaratanamayaṃ karaṇḍakaṃ kilañjamaye karaṇḍake ṭhapesi. Tato kilañjamayaṃ karaṇḍakaṃ sāramayapeḷāyāti puna vuttanayeneva haritvā sabbaratanamayaṃ peḷaṃ kilañjamayapeḷāya ṭhapetvā bahi vatthena veṭhetvā rājamuddikāya lañchetvā amacce āṇāpesi – ‘‘mama āṇāpavattiṭṭhāne maggaṃ alaṅkārāpetha maggo aṭṭhusabhavitthato hotu, catuusabhaṭṭhānaṃ sodhitamattakameva hotu, majjhe catuusabhaṃ rājānubhāvena paṭiyādethā’’ti. Tato maṅgalahatthiṃ alaṅkārāpetvā tassa upari pallaṅkaṃ paññapetvā setacchattaṃ ussāpetvā nagaravīthiyo sittasammaṭṭhā samussitaddhajapaṭākā kadalipuṇṇaghaṭagandhadhūmapupphādīhi suppaṭimaṇḍitā kāretvā ‘‘attano attano visayappadese evarūpaṃ pūjaṃ kārentū’’ti antarabhogikānaṃ javanadūte pesetvā sayaṃ sabbālaṅkārena alaṅkaritvā – ‘‘sabbatāḷāvacarasammissabalakāyaparivuto paṇṇākāraṃ pesemī’’ti attano visayapariyantaṃ gantvā amaccassa mukhasāsanaṃ adāsi – ‘‘tāta mayhaṃ sahāyo pukkusāti imaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ paṭicchanto orodhamajjhe apaṭicchitvā pāsādaṃ āruyha paṭicchatū’’ti. Evaṃ sāsanaṃ datvā paccantadesaṃ satthā gacchatīti pañcapatiṭṭhitena vanditvā nivatti. Antarabhogikā teneva niyāmena maggaṃ paṭiyādetvā paṇṇākāraṃ nayiṃsu.
弗迦娑提亦从自领边界起,以同样方式修治道路,令城庄严,并亲自出迎礼品。那份礼品到达呾叉始罗时,正好是在布萨日。携礼而来的大臣,亦转达了国王所嘱之语。国王听后,先为与礼同来的众人安排应办之事,然后手持礼品登上宫殿,吩咐道:“此处任何人不得进入!”并在门边安置守护。他打开狮子窗,把礼品放在高座,自己坐于低座,拆去封印,褪去外层包布,从藤箱开始次第开启。见到那檀香盒时,便思惟:“这必定不是盛放其它宝物的盒子,应是中部地区出现了某种堪可听闻的宝物。”于是他打开这个盒子,破掉国王印信,将细软毛毯向两边分开,见到那片金叶。显示巴利原文
Pukkusātipi attano rajjasīmato paṭṭhāya teneva niyāmena maggaṃ paṭiyādetvā nagaraṃ alaṅkārāpetvā paṇṇākārassa paccuggamanaṃ akāsi. Paṇṇākāro takkasīlaṃ pāpuṇanto uposathadivase pāpuṇi, paṇṇākāraṃ gahetvā gataamaccopi rañño vuttasāsanaṃ ārocesi. Rājā taṃ sutvā paṇṇākārena saddhiṃ āgatānaṃ kattabbakiccaṃ vicāretvā paṇṇākāraṃ ādāya pāsādaṃ āruyha ‘‘mā idha koci pavisatū’’ti dvāre ārakkhaṃ kāretvā sīhapañjaraṃ vivaritvā paṇṇākāraṃ uccāsane ṭhapetvā sayaṃ nīcāsane nisinno lañchanaṃ bhinditvā nivāsanaṃ apanetvā kilañjapeḷato paṭṭhāya anupubbena vivaranto sāramayaṃ samuggaṃ disvā cintesi – ‘‘mahāparihāro nāyaṃ aññassa ratanassa bhavissati, addhā majjhimadese sotabbayuttakaṃ ratanaṃ uppanna’’nti. Atha taṃ samuggaṃ vivaritvā rājalañchanaṃ bhinditvā sukhumakambalaṃ ubhato viyūhitvā suvaṇṇapaṭṭaṃ addasa.
他把金叶展开——那些文字确实美妙,字首匀齐,行列平直,四方端正——便从头开始诵读。当他读到“于此世间,如来出现”这段叙述佛陀功德的文字时,心中生起极为猛利的欢喜,身上九万九千毛孔一时齐竖。他浑然不知自己是站着还是坐着。接着又想:“如此教法,纵经百千万亿劫亦难值遇,今因朋友之力方得听闻!”于是,更觉欢喜强烈。由于喜悦之触过于强盛,他无法再往下读,便坐下来,直到喜波渐息。随后继续读诵“世尊所善说的法……”这些叙述法功德的文字,读时又出现同样的情形。他再度坐下,待喜悦平息后,又接着读“善行道者……”等叙述僧团功德的文字。读到此处,同样的情况第三次发生。最后,在整封信的末尾,读到了入出息念这一业处,由此生起了四禅与五禅那。从此,他便以禅那之乐度日。这段期间,其他任何人都见不到他,唯有一位年少侍者可入。如此大致过了半个月。显示巴利原文
So taṃ pasāretvā – ‘‘manāpāni vata akkharāni samasīsāni samapantīni caturassānī’’tiādito paṭṭhāya vācetuṃ ārabhi. Tassa – ‘‘idha tathāgato loke uppanno’’ti buddhaguṇe vācentassa balavasomanassaṃ uppajji, navanavutilomakūpasahassāni uddhaggalomāni ahesuṃ. Attano ṭhitabhāvaṃ vā nisinnabhāvaṃ vā na jānāti. Athassa – ‘‘kappakoṭisatasahassehipi etaṃ dullabhasāsanaṃ sahāyaṃ nissāya sotuṃ labhāmī’’ti bhiyyo balavapīti udapādi. So hi upari vācetuṃ asakkonto yāva pītivegapassaddhiyā nisīditvā parato – ‘‘svākkhāto bhagavatā dhammo’’ti dhammaguṇe ārabhi. Tatrāpissa tatheva ahosi. So puna yāva pītivegapassaddhiyā nisīditvā parato ‘‘suppaṭipanno’’ti saṅghaguṇe ārabhi . Tatrāpissa tatheva ahosi. Atha sabbapariyante ānāpānassatikammaṭṭhānaṃ vācetvā catukkapañcakajjhānāni nibbattesi, so jhānasukheneva vītināmesi. Añño koci daṭṭhuṃ na labhati, ekova cūḷupaṭṭhāko pavisati. Evaṃ addhamāsamattaṃ vītināmesi.
城民们聚集在王宫广场上,高声喊道:“自从接受礼物那天起,我们既不见国王检阅军力,也不见他观赏戏剧,更不见他审理诉讼。国王若愿意,就应把朋友送来的礼物展示给大家看看。有些国王常常借着收礼之机欺骗国人,将王国据为己有。我们的国王究竟在做什么?”国王听到喧哗,心中思量:“我是继续治理王国,还是去寻求导师?”接着又想:“此身被国事所累,它所牵涉的利害,纵然是算师或大算师也无法算尽。我应当护持导师的教法!”于是,他拿起床边的剑,割断自己的头发,打开狮子窗,将连同顶髻宝珠在内的发髻扔向众人,说道:“你们拿这个去治理王国吧!”众人捡起发髻,一时齐声高呼:“从朋友那里收到礼物的国王,就应当像您这样啊,陛下!”这时,国王的须发仅剩大约两指长。据说,那情形与菩萨出家时的情景一样。显示巴利原文
Nāgarā rājaṅgaṇe sannipatitvā ukkuṭṭhiṃ akaṃsu ‘‘paṇṇākāraṃ paṭicchitadivasato paṭṭhāya baladassanaṃ vā nāṭakadassanaṃ vā natthi, vinicchayadānaṃ natthi, rājā sahāyena pahitaṃ paṇṇākāraṃ yassicchati tassa dassetu, rājāno nāma ekaccassa paṇṇākāravasenapi vañcetvā rajjaṃ attano kātuṃ vāyamanti. Kiṃ nāma amhākaṃ rājā karotī’’ti? Rājā ukkuṭṭhisaddaṃ sutvā – ‘‘rajjaṃ nu kho dhāremi, udāhu satthāra’’nti cintesi. Athassa etadahosi – ‘‘rajjakāritaattabhāvo nāma neva gaṇakena, na gaṇakamahāmattena gaṇetuṃ sakko. Satthusāsanaṃ dhāressāmī’’ti sayane ṭhapitaṃ asiṃ gahetvā kese chinditvā sīhapañjaraṃ vivaritvā – ‘‘etaṃ gahetvā rajjaṃ kārethā’’ti saddhiṃ cūḷāmaṇinā kesakalāpaṃ parisamajjhe pātesi, mahājano taṃ ukkhipitvā – ‘‘sahāyakasantikā laddhapaṇṇākārā nāma rājāno tumhādisā honti devā’’ti ekappahāreneva viravi. Raññopi dvaṅgulamattaṃ kesamassu ahosi. Bodhisattassa pabbajjāsadisameva kira jātaṃ.
随后,他派那位年轻侍者去市场买来两件袈裟和一个陶钵。他忆念导师,说道:“我以世间诸阿拉汉为榜样,今求出家。”于是,他穿上一件袈裟作为下衣,披上另一件袈裟作为上衣,将钵置于左肩窝,拿起锡杖。为了看看“我的出家相是否庄严”,他先在殿堂的大厅里经行了几趟,心想:“我的出家相确实庄严。”然后便开门走下宫殿。当他走下来时,守卫在三座宫门前的舞者等人虽然看见了他,却无人认出。据说,他们心想:“一定是一位独觉佛来为我们的国王说法了。”然而,等他们登上宫殿楼阁,看到国王曾站立和坐过的地方,才明白国王已经离去。于是,所有人都像在大海中即将沉船的人一样,放声恸哭。这位善男子一踏上地面,十八种军兵、一切城民和武装部队便将他团团围住,发出巨大的哀号。大臣们也这样对他说:“陛下,中部地区的国王多行欺诈。您应当先派人送信,探明所谓的佛宝是否真的出现于世,然后再去。请您返回吧,陛下!”他却说:“我信任我的朋友,他与我之间从来没有欺诳之语。你们就留在此地吧。”但那些显示巴利原文
Tato cūḷupaṭṭhākaṃ pesetvā antarāpaṇā dve kāsāyavatthāni mattikāpattañca āharāpetvā – ‘‘ye loke arahanto, te uddissa mayhaṃ pabbajjā’’ti satthāraṃ uddissa ekaṃ kāsāvaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ pārupitvā pattaṃ vāmaaṃsakūṭe katvā kattaradaṇḍaṃ gahetvā – ‘‘sobhati nu kho me pabbajjā no vā’’ti mahātale katipayavāre aparāparaṃ caṅkamitvā – ‘‘sobhati me pabbajjā’’ti dvāraṃ vivaritvā pāsādā otari. Otarantaṃ pana naṃ tīsu dvāresu ṭhitanāṭakādīni disvāpi na sañjāniṃsu. ‘‘Eko paccekabuddho amhākaṃ rañño dhammakathaṃ kathetuṃ āgato’’ti kira cintayiṃsu. Uparipāsādaṃ pana āruyha rañño ṭhitanisinnaṭṭhānāni disvā rājā gatoti ñatvā samuddamajjhe osīdamānāya nāvāya jano viya ekappahāreneva viraviṃsu. Kulaputtaṃ bhūmitalaṃ otiṇṇamattaṃ aṭṭhārasaseniyo sabbe nāgarā balakāyā ca parivāretvā mahāviravaṃ viraviṃsu. Amaccāpi taṃ etadavocuṃ – ‘‘deva majjhimadesarājāno nāma bahumāyā, sāsanaṃ pesetvā buddharatanaṃ nāma loke uppannaṃ vā no vāti ñatvā gamissatha , nivattatha devā’’ti. Saddahāmahaṃ mayhaṃ sahāyakassa, tassa mayā saddhiṃ dvejjhavacanaṃ nāma natthi, tiṭṭhatha tumheti. Te anugacchantiyeva.
善男子用锡杖在地上划了一条线,问道:“这个王国属于谁?”众人答道:“是陛下的。”他说:“谁若越过这条线,便以王法处置。”正如《大本生经》中菩萨所划的线一样,悉婆利王后不敢越过,哭泣着转身离去。大众也顺着她离去的路返回。对这条线,大众确实不敢逾越,视之为不可跨越的界限,一边哭一边转身,发出巨大的悲号。善男子心想:“在我前去的路上,连一个给我递齿木和漱口水的仆人也没有。”于是他连一个侍从也不带,独自上路。据说他这样想:“我的导师在行最伟大的出离而出家时,也是独自一人。”又想:“我对导师感到惭愧。”又想:“我听说导师出家后,没有乘坐任何车乘。”因此,他连一双单层拖鞋也不穿,连一把棕榈叶做的伞也不拿。大众纷纷爬到树上、城墙上、塔楼上张望,说着:“那就是我们的国王,他走了!”善男子心想:“路途遥远,独行恐怕难以走完。”于是便跟随一队商旅同行。这位娇贵的善男子走在坚硬的地面上,脚底磨出了水泡,水泡破裂,生起了剧烈的苦受。当商队扎营休息时,善男子便离开道路,独自坐到显示巴利原文
Kulaputto kattaradaṇḍena lekhaṃ katvā – ‘‘idaṃ rajjaṃ kassā’’ti āha? Tumhākaṃ devāti. Yo imaṃ lekhaṃ antaraṃ karoti, rājāṇāya kāretabboti. Mahājanakajātake bodhisattena katalekhaṃ sīvalidevī antaraṃ kātuṃ avisahantī vivattamānā agamāsi. Tassā gatamaggena mahājano agamāsi. Taṃ pana lekhaṃ mahājano antaraṃ kātuṃ na visahi, lekhaṃ ussīsakaṃ katvā vivattamānā viraviṃsu. Kulaputto ‘‘ayaṃ me gataṭṭhāne dantakaṭṭhaṃ vā mukhodakaṃ vā dassatī’’ti antamaso ekaceṭakampi aggahetvā pakkāmi. Evaṃ kirassa ahosi ‘‘mama satthā ca mahābhinikkhamanaṃ nikkhamitvā ekakova pabbajito’’ti ekakova agamāsi. ‘‘Satthu lajjāmī’’ti ca – ‘‘satthā kira me pabbajitvā yānaṃ nāruḷho’’ti ca antamaso ekapaṭalikampi upāhanaṃ nāruhi, paṇṇacchattakampi na dhāresi. Mahājano rukkhapākāraṭṭālakādīni āruyha esa amhākaṃ rājā gacchatīti olokesi. Kulaputto – ‘‘dūraṃ gantabbaṃ, na sakkā ekena maggo nittharitu’’nti ekaṃ satthavāhaṃ anubandhi. Sukhumālassa kulaputtassa kaṭhinatattāya pathaviyā gachantassa pādatalesu phoṭā uṭṭhahitvā bhijjanti, dukkhā vedanā uppajjanti. Satthavāhe khandhāvāraṃ bandhitvā nisinne kulaputto maggā okkamma ekasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdati. Nisinnaṭṭhāne pādaparikammaṃ vā piṭṭhiparikammaṃ vā kattā nāma natthi, kulaputto ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā maggadarathakilamathapariḷāhaṃ vikkhambhetvā jhānaratiyā vītināmeti.
第二天黎明,他整理仪容后,又跟上了那队商旅。到早餐时分,有人取过善男子的钵,把各种嚼食和吃食放进钵里供养。那些食物有的夹生,有的煮烂,有的混着沙砾,有的没放盐,又有的咸得过分。但善男子在受用时,先正念观察这是进入身体的食物,然后像服用甘露一般将其咽下。他就用这种方式,走了大约一百九十二由旬的路程。当他经过祇园精舍大门附近时,并没有问:“导师住在何处?”为什么呢?一方面是因为对导师的恭敬,另一方面也是因为国王派他送信的缘由。因为国王在信里写着:“于此世间,如来出现”,把导师写成像是在王舍城示现一样。所以他没问,就径直走过了大约四十五由旬的路。日落时分,他到达王舍城,才问:“导师住在何处?”当地人反问他:“尊者,您从何处来?”他说:“从北方来。”当地人便告诉他:“导师就在您来的那条路上,距离这里大约四十五由旬的地方,有座叫舍卫城的城邑,导师就住在那里。”善男子心想:“现在天色已晚,不宜再赶路了。今天就住在这里一晚,明天再去谒见导师吧。”于是他问道:“非时到达的出家人,住在哪里?”显示巴利原文
Punadivase uṭṭhite aruṇe sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ katvā puna satthavāhaṃ anubandhati. Pātarāsakāle kulaputtassa pattaṃ gahetvā khādanīyaṃ bhojanīyaṃ patte pakkhipitvā denti. Taṃ uttaṇḍulampi hoti kilinnampi samasakkharampi aloṇātiloṇampi, kulaputto pavisanaṭṭhānaṃ paccavekkhitvā amataṃ viya paribhuñjitvā etena niyāmena aṭṭhahi ūnakāni dve yojanasatāni gato. Jetavanadvārakoṭṭhakassa pana samīpena gacchantopi – ‘‘kahaṃ satthā vasatī’’ti nāpucchi. Kasmā? Satthugāravena ceva rañño pesitasāsanavasena ca. Rañño hi – ‘‘idha tathāgato loke uppajjatī’’ti satthāraṃ rājagahe uppannaṃ viya katvā sāsanaṃ pesitaṃ, tasmā naṃ apucchitvāva pañcacattālīsayojanamattaṃ maggaṃ atikkanto. So sūriyatthaṅgamanavelāya rājagahaṃ patvā satthā kahaṃ vasatīti pucchi. Kuto nu, bhante, āgatoti? Ito uttaratoti. Satthā tuyhaṃ āgatamagge ito pañcacattālīsayojanamatte sāvatthi nāma atthi, tattha vasatīti. Kulaputto cintesi – ‘‘idāni akālo na sakkā gantuṃ, ajja idheva vasitvā sve satthu santikaṃ gamissāmī’’ti. Tato – ‘‘vikāle sampattapabbajitā kahaṃ vasantī’’ti pucchi. Imāya kumbhakārasālāya, bhanteti. Atha so taṃ kumbhakāraṃ yācitvā tattha vāsatthāya pavisitvā nisīdi.
就在那一天,世尊于清晨观察世间时,看见了弗迦娑提。世尊心想:“这位善男子,仅读了朋友捎来的简短信函,便舍弃了方圆逾百由旬的广袤王国,为我的缘故出家。他跋涉了将近二百由旬,只差八由旬的路程,即将到达王舍城。如果我不去见他,他只在王舍城住上一夜,尚未来得及证得三种沙门果,便会徒然死去。若我去见他,他就能证得三种沙门果。我为了摄受众生,曾以十万大劫再加四个不可计数劫的时间来圆满波罗蜜,如今我应当去摄受他。”于是,世尊于清晨整理仪容后,由比丘僧团围绕,在舍卫城托钵乞食。从乞食处返回后,午后进入香室,稍作休息,舒缓了旅途的疲劳。随后,他想:“这位善男子出于对我的恭敬,做了极为难行的事。他舍弃了超过一百由旬的王国,连一个为他端洗脸水的仆人都没带,独自一人出家。”于是,世尊没有告知舍利弗尊者、大目犍连尊者等任何一位弟子,自己取了衣钵,独自一人上路。在行进时,世尊既没有腾空飞行,也没有缩地神行,而是这样想:“这位善男子因为对我心怀恭敬与惭愧,没有乘坐象车、马车、金轿等任何交通工具,甚至连一双单层拖鞋也没有穿着。”显示巴利原文
Bhagavāpi taṃdivasaṃ paccūsakāle lokaṃ volokento pukkusātiṃ disvā cintesi – ‘‘ayaṃ kulaputto sahāyena pesitaṃ sāsanamattakaṃ vācetvā atirekatiyojanasatikaṃ mahārajjaṃ pahāya maṃ uddissa pabbajitvā aṭṭhahi ūnakāni dve yojanasatāni atikkamma rājagahaṃ pāpuṇissati, mayi agacchante pana tīṇi sāmaññaphalāni appaṭivijjhitvā ekarattivāsena anāthakālakiriyaṃ karissati, mayi pana gate tīṇi sāmaññaphalāni paṭivijjhissati. Janasaṅgahatthāyeva pana mayā satasahassakappādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni pāramiyo pūritā, karissāmi tassa saṅgaha’’nti pātova sarīrapaṭijagganaṃ katvā bhikkhusaṅghaparivuto sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātappaṭikkanto gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā muhuttaṃ attadarathakilamathaṃ paṭipassambhetvā – ‘‘kulaputto mayi gāravena dukkaraṃ akāsi, atirekayojanasataṃ rajjaṃ pahāya antamaso mukhadhovanadāyakampi ceṭakaṃ aggahetvā ekakova nikkhanto’’ti sāriputtamahāmoggallānādīsu kañci anāmantetvā sayameva attano pattacīvaraṃ gahetvā ekakova nikkhanto. Gacchanto ca neva ākāse uppati, na pathaviṃ saṃkhipi, – ‘‘kulaputto mama lajjamāno hatthiassarathasuvaṇṇasivikādīsu ekayānepi anisīditvā antamaso ekapaṭalikaṃ upāhanampi anāruyha paṇṇacchattakampi aggahetvā nikkhanto, mayāpi padasāva gantuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti pana cintetvā padasāva agamāsi.
他掩藏起八十种随形好、一寻身光以及三十二种大人相——这整套佛陀的庄严光辉,犹如被云朵遮蔽的满月,化作一位普通比丘的模样行进。仅一顿斋食的工夫,他便走完了四十五由旬的路程。日落时分,当善男子刚刚踏入那间陶匠屋舍时,他也恰好到达。正是针对此事,经中说道:“那时,有一位名叫弗迦娑提的善男子,由于仰慕世尊,出于信心,从在家出家而过无家的生活。他正是第一个在那间陶匠屋舍中投宿的人。”显示巴利原文
So asīti anubyañjanāni byāmappabhā bāttiṃsa mahāpurisalakkhaṇānīti imaṃ buddhasiriṃ paṭicchādetvā valāhakapaṭicchanno puṇṇacando viya aññatarabhikkhuvesena gacchanto ekapacchābhatteneva pañcacattālīsa yojanāni atikkamma sūriyatthaṅgamalīvelāya kulaputte paviṭṭhamatteyeva taṃ kumbhakārasālaṃ pāpuṇi. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘tena kho pana samayena, pukkusāti, nāma kulaputto bhagavantaṃ uddissa saddhāya agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito, so tasmiṃ kumbhakārāvesane paṭhamaṃ vāsūpagato hotī’’ti.
就这样,世尊到来后,也并未宣称‘我是正自觉者’而强行进入陶匠的草舍,而是站在门口,向那位善男子请求空间,说了‘比丘们,如果你们方便的话’等语。‘Urundanti’指空旷、不拥挤。‘Viharatāyasmā yathāsukhanti’是说:‘尊者,请您以任何舒适的威仪安住,怎么舒服怎么住’,以此给予了空间。因为这位善男子舍弃了超过一百由旬的王国而出家,对于别人丢弃的破落陶匠草舍,怎会对同梵行者吝啬呢?然而,有些愚人出家后,被住处悭等烦恼所征服,为了不让别人居住,费心地说:‘这是我的小屋,这是我的精舍范围’。世尊这位极为柔和的人天导师,离开了如同天宫般的香室,在那散落着灰烬、碎瓦片、草叶和鸡猪粪便等污秽不堪、如同垃圾场一般的陶匠草舍中,铺开草席,展开粪扫衣,就如同进入散发着天香的天宫香室坐下一样,在这里也坐下了。显示巴利原文
Evaṃ gantvāpi pana bhagavā – ‘‘ahaṃ sammāsambuddho’’ti pasayha kumbhakārasālaṃ apavisitvā dvāre ṭhitova kulaputtaṃ okāsaṃ kārento sace te bhikkhūtiādimāha. Urundanti vivittaṃ asambādhaṃ. Viharatāyasmā yathāsukhanti yena yena iriyāpathena phāsu hoti, tena tena yathāsukhaṃ āyasmā viharatūti okāsaṃ akāsi. Atirekatiyojanasatañhi rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajito kulaputto parassa chaḍḍitapatitaṃ kumbhakārasālaṃ kiṃ aññassa sabrahmacārino maccharāyissati. Ekacce pana moghapurisā sāsane pabbajitvā āvāsamacchariyādīhi abhibhūtā attano vasanaṭṭhāne mayhaṃ kuṭi mayhaṃ pariveṇanti aññesaṃ avāsāya parakkamanti. Nisīdīti accantasukhumālo lokanātho devavimānasadisaṃ gandhakuṭiṃ pahāya tattha tattha vippakiṇṇachārikāya bhinnabhājanatiṇapalāsakukkuṭasūkaravaccādisaṃkiliṭṭhāya saṅkāraṭṭhānasadisāya kumbhakārasālāya tiṇasanthāraṃ santharitvā paṃsukūlacīvaraṃ paññapetvā devavimānasadisaṃ dibbagandhasugandhaṃ gandhakuṭiṃ pavisitvā nisīdanto viya nisīdi.
就这样,世尊降生于未曾中断的大选举王统,善男子也成长于刹帝利族;世尊具足胜愿,善男子也具足胜愿;世尊舍弃王位而出家,善男子也是如此;世尊是金色身,善男子也是;世尊是定成就者,善男子也是。如此,两位都是刹帝利,两位都具足胜愿,两位都是舍弃王位出家的人,两位都是金色身,两位都是定成就者,他们进入陶匠的草舍并坐下。因此,那陶匠的草舍极为辉煌庄严,就像有两只狮子等进入的洞穴一样,应当用比喻来说明。然而,在那两人中,世尊完全没有生起这样的心念:‘我极为柔和,极为殊胜柔和,只用了一钵食的力量便走了四十五由旬,暂且卧一会儿狮子卧,消除旅途的疲劳吧。’世尊就这样坐着,便入于果定。善男子也没有生起心念:‘我已走了一百九十二由旬,暂且躺下消除旅途的疲劳吧。’他那样坐着,便入于入出息念的第四禅那。基于此,经中说:‘那时,世尊于此后半夜’等。显示巴利原文
Iti bhagavāpi asambhinnamahāsammatavaṃse uppanno, kulaputtopi khattiyagabbhe vaḍḍhito. Bhagavāpi abhinīhārasampanno, kulaputtopi abhinīhārasampanno. Bhagavāpi rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajito, kulaputtopi. Bhagavāpi suvaṇṇavaṇṇo, kulaputtopi. Bhagavāpi samāpattilābhī, kulaputtopi. Iti dvepi khattiyā dvepi abhinīhārasampannā dvepi rājapabbajitā dvepi suvaṇṇavaṇṇā dvepi samāpattilābhino kumbhakārasālaṃ pavisitvā nisinnāti tehi kumbhakārasālā ativiya sobhati, dvīhi sīhādīhi paviṭṭhaguhādīhi āharitvā dīpetabbaṃ. Tesu pana dvīsu bhagavā – ‘‘sukhumālo ahaṃ paramasukhumālo ekapacchābhattena pañcacattālīsa yojanāni āgato, muhuttaṃ tāva sīhaseyyaṃ kappetvā maggadarathaṃ paṭipassambhemī’’ti cittampi anuppādetvā nisīdantova phalasamāpattiṃ samāpajji. Kulaputtopi – ‘‘dvānavutiyojanasataṃ āgatomhi, muhuttaṃ tāva nipajjitvā maggadarathaṃ vinodemī’’ti cittaṃ anuppādetvā nisīdamānova ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ samāpajji. Idaṃ sandhāya atha kho bhagavā bahudeva rattintiādi vuttaṃ.
难道世尊不就是为了给善男子说法而去的吗?为什么没有说法呢?因为善男子的旅途疲劳还没有完全消除,他将无法好好地接受法教,所以世尊为了先让他缓解疲劳,便没有说法。另有人说:‘王舍城是人群密集、不安静的地方,有十种音声,那些声音大约要到半夜以后才会平息,世尊是等待那些声音止息,所以没有说法。’这种说法没有道理,因为即使是像梵天世界那么大的声音,世尊也能以自身威力令其平息。实际上,他只是等着善男子旅途疲劳的消除,因而没有说法。显示巴利原文
Nanu ca bhagavā kulaputtassa dhammaṃ desessāmīti āgato, kasmā na desesīti? Kulaputtassa maggadaratho appaṭipassaddho, na sakkhissati dhammadesanaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ, so tāvassa paṭipassambhatūti na desesi. Apare – ‘‘rājagahaṃ nāma ākiṇṇamanussaṃ avivittaṃ dasahi saddehi, so saddo diyaḍḍhayāmamattena sannisīdati, taṃ āgamento na desesī’’ti vadanti. Taṃ akāraṇaṃ, brahmalokappamāṇampi hi saddaṃ bhagavā attano ānubhāvena vūpasametuṃ sakkoti, maggadarathavūpasamaṃ āgamentoyeva pana na desesi.
这里,“后半夜”是指大约后半夜的时分。“世尊这样想”是指世尊从果定出起,如同有人在黄金宫殿中打开宝石窗一般,睁开由五种净色所庄严的双眼,放眼观察。他看见那位善男子端坐,手、脚与头部毫无躁动,如同深埋的门柱一般稳固不动,犹如一尊金像,心中便生起这样的念头:“真是庄严啊……”这里的“庄严”(pāsādika)意为能令人心生净信。此词是中性名词,指“以庄严的威仪路而行”,也就是说,他如此行持,使得行、住、坐、卧的威仪路都显得庄重端严。因为在四种威仪路中,其余三种威仪并不悦目:比丘行走时,手、脚和头会摇动;站立时身体僵硬;躺卧的威仪也令人不喜。然而,若在午后扫净日中坐处,铺上皮垫,洗净手足,结起四重叠的跏趺座而端坐,这样的威仪路才真正好看。而这位善男子正结跏趺坐,入于入出息念的第四禅那而安坐。世尊因他这般威仪而生起净信,便这样思惟:“真是庄严啊……”显示巴利原文
Tattha bahudeva rattinti diyaḍḍhayāmamattaṃ. Etadahosīti bhagavā phalasamāpattito vuṭṭhāya suvaṇṇavimāne maṇisīhapañjaraṃ vivaranto viya pañcapasādappaṭimaṇḍitāni akkhīni ummīletvā olokesi, athassa hatthakukkuccapādakukkuccasīsakampanavirahitaṃ sunikhātaindakhīlaṃ viya niccalaṃ avibbhantaṃ suvaṇṇapaṭimaṃ viya nisinnaṃ kulaputtaṃ disvā etaṃ – ‘‘pāsādikaṃ kho’’tiādi ahosi. Tattha pāsādikanti pasādāvahaṃ. Bhāvanapuṃsakaṃ panetaṃ, pāsādikena iriyāpathena iriyati. Yathā iriyato iriyāpatho pāsādiko hoti, evaṃ iriyatīti ayamettha attho. Catūsu hi iriyāpathesu tayo iriyāpathā na sobhanti. Gacchantassa hi bhikkhuno hatthā calanti, pādā calanti, sīsaṃ calati, ṭhitassa kāyo thaddho hoti, nipannassāpi iriyāpatho amanāpo hoti, pacchābhatte pana divāṭṭhānaṃ sammajjitvā cammakhaṇḍaṃ paññapetvā sudhotahatthapādassa catusandhikapallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nipannasseva iriyāpatho sobhati. Ayañca kulaputto pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ appetvā nisīdi. Itissa iriyāpatheneva pasanno bhagavā – ‘‘pāsādikaṃ kho’’ti parivitakkesi.
“我何不问问呢?”——他为何这样问呢?难道世尊不知道这位善男子是为他而出家的吗?并非不知,但若对方没有先发问,交谈便无从建立;交谈若未建立,对话便无从生起。因此,为了建立交谈,他才这样发问。显示巴利原文
Yaṃnūnāhaṃ puccheyyanti kasmā pucchati? Kiṃ bhagavā attānaṃ uddissa pabbajitabhāvaṃ na jānātīti? No na jānāti, apucchite pana kathā na patiṭṭhāti, apatiṭṭhitāya kathāya kathā na sañjāyatīti kathāpatiṭṭhāpanatthaṃ pucchi.
而“见了之后,你会知道”,是指如来以佛陀的祥光巍然闪耀,所有人都知道“这是佛陀”。这种知道并不稀奇。然而,当世尊将佛陀的祥光隐藏起来,化作普通乞食比丘的模样游化时,便很难被认出。因此,尊者弗迦娑提说“可能认不出来”,这说的正是事实。因为他即使与世尊同坐在一间陶匠草舍里,也未能认出。显示巴利原文
Disvāca pana jāneyyāsīti tathāgataṃ buddhasiriyā virocantaṃ ayaṃ buddhoti sabbe jānanti. Anacchariyametaṃ jānanaṃ, buddhasiriṃ pana paṭicchādetvā aññatarapiṇḍapātikavesena caranto dujjāno hoti. Iccāyasmā, pukkusāti, ‘‘na jāneyya’’nti sabhāvameva katheti. Tathā hi naṃ ekakumbhakārasālāya nisinnampi na jānāti.
“他这样想”是指在了知旅途劳顿已平息后,心中生起了这样的想法。“如是,贤友”指:这位善男子读了朋友托人带来的信后,便舍弃王位而出家,心想:“我将有幸听闻十力者的妙法音声。”出家以后,他走了这般遥远的路程,一路上竟无人对他说出哪怕一句“比丘,我将为你说法”的话语。当他终于听到“比丘,我将为你说法”时,怎会不恭敬聆听?他就像一头极度焦渴的大象,又如一个渴极思饮的人。因此,他承诺以恭敬心闻法,便答道:“如是,贤友。”显示巴利原文
Etadahosīti maggadarathassa vūpasamabhāvaṃ ñatvā ahosi. Evamāvusoti kulaputto sahāyena pesitaṃ sāsanamattaṃ vācetvā rajjaṃ pahāya pabbajamāno – ‘‘dasabalassa madhuradhammadesanaṃ sotuṃ labhissāmī’’ti. Pabbajito, pabbajitvā ettakaṃ addhānaṃ āgacchanto – ‘‘dhammaṃ te bhikkhu desessāmī’’ti padamattassa vattāraṃ nālattha, so ‘‘dhammaṃ te bhikkhu desessāmī’’ti vuttaṃ kiṃ sakkaccaṃ na suṇissati. Pipāsitasoṇḍo viya hi pipāsitahatthī viya cāyaṃ, tasmā sakkaccaṃ savanaṃ paṭijānanto ‘‘evamāvuso’’ti āha.
343 “此人是六界者”等语——世尊并未对这位善男子开示前行道,而是一开始就直接为他宣说那作为阿罗汉果立足处的、究竟空性的、以观为特性的法。对于前行道尚未清净的人,世尊会先教导前行道:护持戒律、守护根门、饮食知量、勤修警寤,以及七种正法和四种禅那。而对于前行道已清净者,则不讲述这些,直接指示作为阿罗汉果立足处的观。这位善男子的前行道正是清净的。为什么呢?因为他读完信后,就在那庄严的宫殿中直接证得了入出息第四禅,此禅定在他行走九十二由旬的途中起到了车乘的作用,而且他的沙弥戒也已圆满。因此,世尊未说前行道,从一开始就直接为他开示那作为阿罗汉果立足处的、究竟空性的、以观为特性的法。显示巴利原文
343.Chadhāturo ayanti bhagavā kulaputtassa pubbabhāgapaṭipadaṃ akathetvā āditova arahattassa padaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ accantasuññataṃ vipassanālakkhaṇameva ācikkhituṃ āraddho. Yassa hi pubbabhāgapaṭipadā aparisuddhā hoti, tassa paṭhamameva sīlasaṃvaraṃ indriyesu guttadvārataṃ bhojane mattaññutaṃ jāgariyānuyogaṃ satta saddhamme cattāri jhānānīti imaṃ pubbabhāgapaṭipadaṃ ācikkhati. Yassa panesā parisuddhā, tassa taṃ akathetvā arahattassa padaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ vipassanameva ācikkhati. Kulaputtassa ca pubbabhāgapaṭipadā parisuddhā. Tathā hi anena sāsanaṃ vācetvā pāsādavaragateneva ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ nibbattitaṃ, yadassa dvānavutiyojanasabhaṃ āgacchantassa yānakiccaṃ sādhesi, sāmaṇerasīlampissa paripuṇṇaṃ. Tasmā pubbabhāgapaṭipadaṃ akathetvā arahattassa padaṭṭhānabhūtaṃ accantasuññataṃ vipassanālakkhaṇamevassa ācikkhituṃ āraddho.
其中,“六界者”是指诸界真实存在,而“人”并不存在。世尊有时通过存在来显示不存在,有时通过不存在来显示存在,有时通过存在来显示存在,有时通过不存在来显示不存在,这一切都应按照《一切漏经》中所说方式详细解说。此处,正是通过存在来显示不存在。因为如果世尊舍去“人”的假名,只宣说“诸界”,令心如此专注,善男子便可能产生疑惑、陷入混乱,而不能接受教法。因此,如来为了逐步地舍除“人”的假名,让他了知“众生”“人”“补特伽罗”都仅是假名,从究竟意义上并无所谓“众生”存在,从而将心安住于界上,令其证得三种果位。世尊正如《无秽经》中所说,善巧于言辞差别,犹如一位善巧的老师用各种方式传授技艺一般,作了这样的开示。显示巴利原文
Tattha chadhāturoti dhātuyo vijjamānā, puriso avijjamāno. Bhagavā hi katthaci vijjamānena avijjamānaṃ dasseti, katthaci avijjamānena vijjamānaṃ, katthaci vijjamānena vijjamānaṃ, katthaci avijjamānena avijjamānanti sabbāsave vuttanayeneva vitthāretabbaṃ. Idha pana vijjamānena avijjamānaṃ dassento evamāha. Sace hi bhagavā purisoti paṇṇattiṃ vissajjetvā dhātuyo icceva vatvā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpeyya, kulaputto sandehaṃ kareyya, sammohaṃ āpajjeyya, desanaṃ sampaṭicchituṃ na sakkuṇeyya. Tasmā tathāgato anupubbena purisoti paṇṇattiṃ pahāya ‘‘sattoti vā purisoti vā puggaloti vā paṇṇattimattameva, paramatthato satto nāma natthi, dhātumatteyeva cittaṃ ṭhapāpetvā tīṇi phalāni paṭivijjhāpessāmī’’ti anaṅgaṇasutte (ma. ni. 1.57 ādayo) vuttabhāsantarakusalo tāya tāya bhāsāya sippaṃ uggaṇhāpento ācariyo viya evamāha.
“具有六界”,故称“六界者”。此中意为:你执以为“人”的那个,实由六界所成;从胜义上说,此处并无实有的人,“人”仅是假名而已。对其余词句,也应以同样方式理解。“四依处”中,“依处”指立足处,即四种立足处之义。其含义是:这位比丘——具足六界、六触处、十八种意近伺的行者,为了通达最上的成就——阿拉汉果而超越时,必须先建立这四种立足处,再如此取证,故称“四依处”。“立于彼处”,即安住于那些依处之中。“妄想与慢不再转起”,指妄想和慢不再生起。“即所谓‘寂静牟尼’”,是说那位已断尽诸漏的牟尼,名为寂静、寂灭。“不应放逸于慧”,即为了证得阿拉汉果的智慧,从最初便不应放逸于止与观的智慧。“应守护真实”,即为了现证究竟真实——涅槃,从最初便要守护话语的真实。“应增长舍离”,即为了通过阿拉汉道断尽一切烦恼,从最初便要修习对烦恼的舍离。“唯应学寂静”,即为了通过阿拉汉道寂止一切烦恼,从最初便应修学令烦恼寂静。如是,为了证得慧依处等,此处开示了止观智慧等前行依处。显示巴利原文
Tattha cha dhātuyo assāti chadhāturo. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yaṃ tvaṃ purisoti sañjānāsi, so chadhātuko, na cettha paramatthato puriso atthi, purisoti pana paṇṇattimattamevāti. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Caturādhiṭṭhānoti ettha adhiṭṭhānaṃ vuccati patiṭṭhā, catupatiṭṭhānoti attho. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – svāyaṃ bhikkhu puriso chadhāturo chaphassāyatano aṭṭhārasamanopavicāro, so ettova vivaṭṭitvā uttamasiddhibhūtaṃ arahattaṃ gaṇhamāno imesu catūsu ṭhānesu patiṭṭhāya gaṇhātīti caturādhiṭṭhānoti. Yattha ṭhitanti yesu adhiṭṭhānesu patiṭṭhitaṃ. Maññassa vā nappavattantīti maññassa vā mānassa vā nappavattanti. Muni santoti vuccatīti khīṇāsavamuni upasanto nibbutoti vuccati. Paññaṃ nappamajjeyyāti arahattaphalapaññāya paṭivijjhanatthaṃ āditova samādhivipassanāpaññaṃ nappamajjeyya. Saccamanurakkheyyāti paramatthasaccassa nibbānassa sacchikiriyatthaṃ āditova vacīsaccaṃ rakkheyya. Cāgamanubrūheyyāti arahattamaggena sabbakilesapariccāgakaraṇatthaṃ āditova kilesapariccāgaṃ brūheyya. Santimeva so sikkheyyāti arahattamaggena sabbakilesavūpasamanatthaṃ āditova kilesavūpasamanaṃ sikkheyya. Iti paññādhiṭṭhānādīnaṃ adhigamatthāya imāni samathavipassanāpaññādīni pubbabhāgādhiṭṭhānāni vuttāni.
345 “触处”(Phassāyatana):即触的处所,意为生起之处(ākara)。所谓“慧为依处”等,应依前文所说的阿拉汉果慧等了知。显示巴利原文
345.Phassāyatananti phassassa āyatanaṃ, ākaroti attho. Paññādhiṭṭhānantiādīni pubbe vuttānaṃ arahattaphalapaññādīnaṃ vasena veditabbāni.
348 此时,依所安立的论母,本应说“若安住于此,妄想与慢便不再转起”,但因证得阿拉汉果后,再以“不应放逸于慧”等教诲即无必要。故此,世尊虽按次第安立论母,却为随顺法义而作分别,继而开示了“不应放逸于慧”等语。其中,哪些是于慧放逸者?哪些是于慧不放逸者?若有人于此教法中出家后,以行医等二十一种邪命方式谋生,不能安立与出家身份相应的心,此人即名为于慧放逸者。若有人出家后,立足于戒,学习佛语,受持适合自己的头陀支,选取契合心意的业处,依止寂静的住所,修习遍业的前行,证得禅定,又增长观照,心中决意“今日即证阿拉汉果”,并如此持续精进,此人即名为于慧不放逸者。在这部经中,正是通过界业处来解说这种慧的不放逸。而于界业处所应说者,在之前的《象迹喻经》等经中已经说过了。显示巴利原文
348. Idāni nikkhittamātikāvasena ‘‘yattha ṭhitaṃ maññassa vā nappavattantī’’ti vattabbaṃ bhaveyya, arahatte pana patte puna ‘‘paññaṃ nappamajjeyyā’’tiādīhi kiccaṃ natthi. Iti bhagavā mātikaṃ uppaṭipāṭidhātukaṃ ṭhapetvāpi yathādhammavaseneva vibhaṅgaṃ vibhajanto paññaṃ nappamajjeyyātiādimāha. Tattha ko paññaṃ pamajjati, ko nappamajjati? Yo tāva imasmiṃ sāsane pabbajitvā vejjakammādivasena ekavīsatividhāya anesanāya jīvikaṃ kappento pabbajjānurūpena cittuppādaṃ ṭhapetuṃ na sakkoti, ayaṃ paññaṃ pamajjati nāma. Yo pana sāsane pabbajitvā sīle patiṭṭhāya buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhitvā sappāyaṃ dhutaṅgaṃ samādāya cittarucitaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ gahetvā vivittaṃ senāsanaṃ nissāya kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā samāpattiṃ patvā ajjeva arahattanti vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhetvā vicarati, ayaṃ paññaṃ nappamajjati nāma. Imasmiṃ pana sutte dhātukammaṭṭhānavasena esa paññāya appamādo vutto. Dhātukammaṭṭhāne panettha yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ heṭṭhā hatthipadopamasuttādīsu vuttameva.
354 “之后,唯有识存留”:这在此处也是一个独特的关连。因为在此之前已经解说了色业处,现在世尊为了通过受来转起无色业处并加以显示,而开始了这段开示。又或者,对于这位比丘依循地界等随顺观而生起的造业识,世尊为了以识界来作分别,也开始了这段开示。这里,“存留”是为了什么目的而存留呢?是为了导师说法的目的,也为了善男子得以通达的目的而存留。“清净”:即远离一切烦恼的垢秽。“洁白”:即光亮明净。“他也了知‘这是乐受’”:当他感受乐受时,如实了知:“我感受乐受”。对其余两句,也是如此。不过,这种关于受的开示若在此前未曾说过,就应当在此处讲述。但因为它已在《念处经》中宣说过,所以应依那里所说的道理去理解。“乐受之缘”等,是为了依据缘来开示生灭观而说的。此处,“乐受之缘”即是指作为乐受生起之缘的事物。其余文句也是同样的道理。显示巴利原文
354.Athāparaṃviññāṇaṃyeva avasissatīti ayampettha pāṭiyekko anusandhi. Heṭṭhato hi rūpakammaṭṭhānaṃ kathitaṃ, idāni arūpakammaṭṭhānaṃ vedanāvasena nibbattetvā dassetuṃ ayaṃ desanā āraddhā. Yaṃ vā panetaṃ imassa bhikkhuno pathavīdhātuādīsu āgamaniyavipassanāvasena kammakārakaviññāṇaṃ, taṃ viññāṇadhātuvasena bhājetvā dassentopi imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha avasissatīti kimatthāya avasissati? Satthu kathanatthāya kulaputtassa ca paṭivijjhanatthāya avasissati. Parisuddhanti nirupakkilesaṃ. Pariyodātanti pabhassaraṃ. Sukhantipi vijānātīti sukhavedanaṃ vedayamāno sukhavedanaṃ vedayāmīti pajānāti. Sesapadadvayesupi eseva nayo. Sace panāyaṃ vedanākathā heṭṭhā na kathitā bhaveyya, idha ṭhatvā kathetuṃ vaṭṭeyya. Satipaṭṭhāne panesā kathitāvāti tattha kathitanayeneva veditabbā. Sukhavedaniyanti evamādi paccayavasena udayatthaṅgamanadassanatthaṃ vuttaṃ. Tattha sukhavedaniyanti sukhavedanāya paccayabhūtaṃ. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo.
360 “唯有舍存留”:到此为止,恰如一位技艺精湛的宝珠师,以金刚钻穿孔后,一次次地将它掷于皮片上,剔出珍珠;他的弟子则一次次地接过来,串在线上,制成珍珠垂饰与珍珠网络等。同样地,世尊一遍又一遍地解说并付予业处,这位善男子也是如此不断地作意,令其纯熟,由此他的色业处与无色业处都变得纯熟。于是世尊说:“之后,唯有舍存留”。显示巴利原文
360.Upekkhāyeva avasissatīti ettāvatā hi yathā nāma chekena maṇikārācariyena vajirasūciyā vijjhitvā cammakhaṇḍe pātetvā pātetvā dinnamuttaṃ antevāsiko gahetvā gahetvā suttagataṃ karonto muttolambakamuttajālādīni karoti, evameva bhagavatā kathetvā kathetvā dinnaṃ kammaṭṭhānaṃ ayaṃ kulaputto manasikaronto manasikaronto paguṇaṃ akāsīti rūpakammaṭṭhānampissa arūpakammaṭṭhānampi paguṇaṃ jātaṃ, atha bhagavā ‘‘athāparaṃ upekkhāyeva avasissatī’’ti āha.
那么,它还存留是为了什么呢?“是为了导师说法的目的”。也有人说“是为了善男子通达的目的”,这一说法不应采纳。因为那位善男子为同伴诵读了教法后,就站在殿堂的平台上,证得了入出息念的第四禅那。在他走到这么一段路时,这个禅那已经尽到了作为车乘的作用。它还存留,纯粹是为了导师说法的目的。因为在这个节点上,导师向善男子称扬了色界禅那的功德。这正是在说:“比丘,这个色界第四禅那对你而言,已经熟练了。”而“清净”等语句,则是对那个舍心的功德进行称述。“应捆扎火炬”的意思是:准备炭火盆。“应点火”的意思是:把火炭放入盆中,点燃后,用吹管吹旺。“应投入炉口”的意思是:拨开火炭后,将它放在炭堆顶端,或者掷入炽热之处。“已除”指已除去杂质。“已澄清”指已滤去渣滓。“正是如此”的意思是:就像那块金子,可以随你所愿,制成各式各样的饰品;同样地,这第四禅那的舍心,在观、神通、灭尽、入有等法之中,你希求何种目的,它便能为之所用。世尊就这样称述了它的功德。显示巴利原文
Kimatthaṃ pana avasissatīti? Satthu kathanatthaṃ. Kulaputtassa paṭivijjhanatthantipi vadanti , taṃ na gahetabbaṃ. Kulaputtena hi sahāyassa sāsanaṃ vācetvā pāsādatale ṭhiteneva ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ nibbattitaṃ, yadassa ettakaṃ maggaṃ āgacchantassa yānakiccaṃ sādheti. Satthu kathanatthaṃyeva avasissati. Imasmiñhi ṭhāne satthā kulaputtassa rūpāvacarajjhāne vaṇṇaṃ kathesi. Idañhi vuttaṃ hoti ‘‘bhikkhu paguṇaṃ tava idaṃ rūpāvacaracatutthajjhāna’’nti. Parisuddhātiādi tassāyeva upekkhāya vaṇṇabhaṇanaṃ. Ukkaṃ bandheyyāti aṅgārakapallaṃ sajjeyya. Ālimpeyyāti tattha aṅgāre pakkhipitvā aggiṃ datvā nāḷikāya dhamento aggiṃ jāleyya. Ukkāmukhe pakkhipeyyāti aṅgāre viyūhitvā aṅgāramatthake vā ṭhapeyya, tattake vā pakkhipeyya. Nīhaṭanti nīhaṭadosaṃ. Ninnītakasāvanti apanītakasāvaṃ. Evameva khoti yathā taṃ suvaṇṇaṃ icchiticchitāya piḷandhanavikatiyā saṃvattati, evameva ayaṃ tāva catutthajjhānupekkhā vipassanā abhiññā nirodho bhavokkantīti imesu yaṃ icchati, tassatthāya hotīti vaṇṇaṃ kathesi.
那么,为何世尊对此色界第四禅那,不为其爱著断除故宣说过患,反而赞叹其功德呢?因为这位善男子对第四禅那的爱著与随眠还很强烈。若宣说过患,善男子便可能生起疑惑与迷乱,他会想:“我出家后,远行一百二十由旬来到此处,正是这第四禅那如同车乘,助我抵达;我这一路,是靠禅那的乐、禅那的喜才走过来的。他却对这种如此殊胜的法宣说过患,他究竟是明知而说,还是不明而说呢?”正因如此,世尊才赞叹了它的功德。显示巴利原文
Kasmā pana bhagavā imasmiṃ rūpāvacaracatutthajjhāne nikantipariyādānatthaṃ avaṇṇaṃ akathetvā vaṇṇaṃ kathesīti. Kulaputtassa hi catutthajjhāne nikantipariyuṭṭhānaṃ balavaṃ. Sace avaṇṇaṃ katheyya, – ‘‘mayhaṃ pabbajitvā dvānavutiyojanasataṃ āgacchantassa imaṃ catutthajjhānaṃ yānakiccaṃ sādhesi, ahaṃ ettakaṃ maggaṃ āgacchanto jhānasukhena jhānaratiyā āgato, evarūpassa nāma paṇītadhammassa avaṇṇaṃ katheti, jānaṃ nu kho katheti ajāna’’nti kulaputto saṃsayaṃ sammohaṃ āpajjeyya, tasmā bhagavā vaṇṇaṃ kathesi.
361 “随顺彼法”:在此,无色界禅那称为“法”,色界禅那因随顺于它,故称为“随顺法”。或者,以异熟禅那为“法”,善禅那为“随顺法”。“因其执取”的意思是:由于执取它。“长久、长时地”:指长达两万劫。这是从异熟的角度而说。自此以下的解说,也是同样的理路。显示巴利原文
361.Tadanudhammanti ettha arūpāvacarajjhānaṃ dhammo nāma, taṃ anugatattā rūpāvacarajjhānaṃ anudhammoti vuttaṃ. Vipākajjhānaṃ vā dhammo, kusalajjhānaṃ anudhammo. Tadupādānāti taggahaṇā. Ciraṃ dīghamaddhānanti vīsatikappasahassāni. Vipākavasena hetaṃ vuttaṃ. Ito uttarimpi eseva nayo.
362 如此以四节赞叹无色界禅那的功德后,现在为显示它的过患,世尊便说“他这样了知……”等。其中,“此即是行”的意思是:虽然此处有长达两万劫的寿命,但它却是造作的、被构造的、被积聚的,为造作者所造作;它是无常、不稳固、不恒久、暂时的,其性质是坏灭、崩解、消散;它被生伴随,被老追逼,被死打击,立足于苦,无庇护、无洞穴、无皈依,成为无依止之物。对于识无边处等禅那,也是如此。显示巴利原文
362. Evaṃ catūhi vārehi arūpāvacarajjhānassa vaṇṇaṃ kathetvā idāni tasseva ādīnavaṃ dassento so evaṃ pajānātītiādimāha. Tattha saṅkhatametanti kiñcāpi ettha vīsatikappasahassāni āyu atthi, etaṃ pana saṅkhataṃ pakappitaṃ āyūhitaṃ, karontena karīyati, aniccaṃ adhuvaṃ asassataṃ tāvakālikaṃ, cavanaparibhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammaṃ, jātiyā anugataṃ, jarāya anusaṭaṃ, maraṇena abbhāhataṃ, dukkhe patiṭṭhitaṃ, atāṇaṃ aleṇaṃ asaraṇaṃ asaraṇībhūtanti. Viññāṇañcāyatanādīsupi eseva nayo.
于是,以阿拉汉果为顶点统摄整个开示,世尊便说“他不再造作那个……”等等。就好比一位高明的医生,察知毒发症状后,便令人催吐,将毒从其滞留处驱出,再向上引导,不让它执取于身或头部,而将毒向下导出,落于地上。同样地,世尊先为善男子称扬了无色界禅那的功德。善男子听闻之后,对色界禅那的爱著便全然断除,转而希求无色界禅那。显示巴利原文
Idāni arahattanikūṭena desanaṃ gaṇhanto so neva taṃ abhisaṅkharotītiādimāha. Yathā hi cheko bhisakko visavikāraṃ disvā vamanaṃ kāretvā visaṃ ṭhānato cāvetvā upari āropetvā khandhaṃ vā sīsaṃ vā gahetuṃ adatvā visaṃ otāretvā pathaviyaṃ pāteyya, evameva bhagavā kulaputtassa arūpāvacarajjhāne vaṇṇaṃ kathesi. Taṃ sutvā kulaputto rūpāvacarajjhāne nikantiṃ pariyādāya arūpāvacarajjhāne patthanaṃ ṭhapesi.
世尊了知此情后,对于这位尚未证得、未获得无色定的比丘,便以“此即是行”一语总摄一切过患,说道:“所谓空无边处等处的成就,确实存在。在那里,初禅梵天的寿命有两万劫,第二禅天有四万劫,第三禅天有六万劫,第四禅天有八万四千劫。然而,那仍是无常、不稳固、不恒久、暂时的,其本性是坏灭、崩解、消散;它为生所随逐,为老所追随,为死所击打,立足于苦,无庇护、无洞穴、无皈依,成了无皈依者。在那里受用如此长时的成就后,仍不免如凡夫般死去,之后又将堕入四恶趣。”善男子听了这番话后,对无色界禅那的爱著也就完全断除了。世尊了知他对色界与无色界的爱著皆已断尽的状况后,便以阿拉汉果为顶点统摄说法,宣说了“他不再造作那个……”等等。显示巴利原文
Bhagavā taṃ ñatvā taṃ asampattassa appaṭiladdhasseva bhikkhuno ‘‘atthesā ākāsānañcāyatanādīsu sampatti nāma. Tesañhi paṭhamabrahmaloke vīsatikappasahassāni āyu, dutiye cattālīsaṃ, tatiye saṭṭhi, catutthe caturāsīti kappasahassāni āyu. Taṃ pana aniccaṃ adhuvaṃ asassataṃ tāvakālikaṃ, cavanaparibhedanaviddhaṃsanadhammaṃ, jātiyā anugataṃ, jarāya anusaṭaṃ, maraṇena abbhāhataṃ, dukkhe patiṭṭhitaṃ, atāṇaṃ aleṇaṃ asaraṇaṃ asaraṇībhūtaṃ, ettakaṃ kālaṃ tattha sampattiṃ anubhavitvāpi puthujjanakālakiriyaṃ katvā puna catūsu apāyesu patitabba’’nti sabbametaṃ ādīnavaṃ ekapadeneva ‘‘saṅkhatameta’’nti kathesi. Kulaputto taṃ sutvā arūpāvacarajjhāne nikantiṃ pariyādiyi, bhagavā tassa rūpāvacarārūpāvacaresu nikantiyā pariyādinnabhāvaṃ ñatvā arahattanikūṭaṃ gaṇhanto ‘‘so neva taṃ abhisaṅkharotī’’tiādimāha.
又好比一位大勇士,他博得一位国王的欢心后,获得了一个产值十万的良村。后来,国王想起他的威德,心想:“这位勇士有大威神力,他得到的太少了。”于是对他说:“这个村子与你不相称,你另取一个产值四十万的村子吧。”他回答:“好的,大王。”便弃了该村,去取另一村。而国王又在他尚未抵达那村时便将他召来,说道:“那个村子对你有什么用?那里会爆发蛇风病吗?在某处有一座大城,你到那里去,撑开伞盖,治理王国吧。”他便依教奉行。显示巴利原文
Yathā vā paneko mahāyodho ekaṃ rājānaṃ ārādhetvā satasahassuṭṭhānakaṃ gāmavaraṃ labheyya, puna rājā tassānubhāvaṃ saritvā – ‘‘mahānubhāvo yodho, appakaṃ tena laddha’’nti – ‘‘nāyaṃ tāta gāmo tuyhaṃ anucchaviko, aññaṃ catusatasahassuṭṭhānakaṃ gaṇhāhī’’ti dadeyya so sādhu devāti taṃ vissajjetvā itaraṃ gāmaṃ gaṇheyya. Rājā asampattameva ca naṃ pakkosāpetvā – ‘‘kiṃ te tena, ahivātarogo ettha uppajjati? Asukasmiṃ pana ṭhāne mahantaṃ nagaraṃ atthi, tattha chattaṃ ussāpetvā rajjaṃ kārehī’’ti pahiṇeyya, so tathā kareyya.
在这个譬喻中,国王当视同正自觉者,大勇士当视同善男子弗迦娑提,最初所得的村落当视同入出息念第四禅那。至于“放弃那个村子,去取另一个村子”这句话的时机,则好比断除了对入出息念第四禅那的爱著之后,开示无色界禅那的时机。而他尚未抵达那个村子,国王就召他回来说“那个村子对你有什么用?那里会发生蛇风病吗?在某处有一座城,你去那里撑开伞盖,治理王国吧”——这句话的时机,便如同以“此即是行”等教诫指出无色界的过患,让他在尚未证得那些等至之前,便止息了对它们的希求,进而向上以阿拉汉果为顶端来领会教示。显示巴利原文
Tattha rājā viya sammāsambuddho daṭṭhabbo, mahāyodho viya pukkusāti kulaputto, paṭhamaladdhagāmo viya ānāpānacatutthajjhānaṃ, taṃ vissajjetvā itaraṃ gāmaṃ gaṇhāhīti vuttakālo viya ānāpānacatutthajjhāne nikantipariyādānaṃ katvā āruppakathanaṃ, taṃ gāmaṃ asampattameva pakkosāpetvā ‘‘kiṃ te tena, ahivātarogo ettha uppajjati? Asukasmiṃ ṭhāne nagaraṃ atthi, tattha chattaṃ ussāpetvā rajjaṃ kārehī’’ti vuttakālo viya arūpe saṅkhatametanti ādīnavakathanena appattāsuyeva tāsu samāpattīsu patthanaṃ nivatthāpetvā upari arahattanikūṭena desanāgahaṇaṃ.
其中,“他不造作”的意思是:他不再积集,也不堆积。“他不思惟”的意思是:他不再谋划。对于“有或非有”,这是指增益或减损,也可以从常见与断见的角度去理解。“在世间不执取任何”的意思是:在世间,对于色等诸法,不以贪爱抓取任何一个法,也不执著。“不再有如此状态”:世尊安住于自身的佛陀境界,以说法的方式把握住阿拉汉果的顶端;而善男子则依自己的随顺亲依止,通达了三种沙门果。这就好比国王用金钵享用种种美味佳肴,按照自己的食量捏成饭团,坐在他腿上的王子对饭团露出贪恋之意,国王便把饭团递给他;王子便依自己嘴的大小取食,做成饭团吃下,剩下的国王或自己吃,或放回钵中。同样地,法王如来以自身的量,把握阿拉汉果的顶端来宣说教法,善男子则依自己的随顺亲依止,通达了三种沙门果。显示巴利原文
Tattha neva abhisaṅkharotīti nāyūhati na rāsiṃ karoti. Na abhisañcetayatīti na kappeti. Bhavāya vā vibhavāya vāti vuddhiyā vā parihāniyā vā, sassatucchedavasenapi yojetabbaṃ. Na kiñci loke upādiyatīti loke rūpādīsu kiñci ekadhammampi taṇhāya na gaṇhāti, na parāmasati. Nāparaṃ itthattāyāti pajānātīti bhagavā attano buddhavisaye ṭhatvā desanāya arahattanikūṭaṃ gaṇhi. Kulaputto pana attano yathopanissayena tīṇi sāmaññaphalāni paṭivijjhi. Yathā nāma rājā suvaṇṇabhājanena nānārasabhojanaṃ bhuñjanto attano pamāṇena piṇḍaṃ vaṭṭetvā aṅke nisinnena rājakumārena piṇḍamhi ālaye dassite taṃ piṇḍaṃ upanāmeyya, kumāro attano mukhappamāṇeneva kabaḷaṃ kareyya, sesaṃ rājā sayaṃ vā bhuñjeyya, pātiyaṃ vā pakkhipeyya, evaṃ dhammarājā tathāgato attano pamāṇena arahattanikūṭaṃ gaṇhanto desanaṃ desesi, kulaputto attano yathopanissayena tīṇi sāmaññaphalāni paṭivijjhi.
然而在此之前,当世尊以蕴、界、处等题目宣说彻底的空性、贯穿三相(无常、苦、无我)的法语时,善男子既没有疑惑,也没有犹豫,更不会有“据说是这样”、“我的老师这样说”之类的迟钝与疑虑。实际上,据说有时诸佛会以不为人知的方式游化于世,因此他确实曾有过怀疑:“这位真的是正自觉者吗?”也曾有过犹豫。自他通达不来果之后,便得出结论:“这位就是我的导师。”既然如此,他为什么不发露自己的过失呢?因为没有机会。世尊正是依照已安立的论母,如同不断倾倒虚空之河一般,持续不断地宣说教法。显示巴利原文
Ito pubbe panassa khandhā dhātuyo āyatanānīti evarūpaṃ accantasuññataṃ tilakkhaṇāhataṃ kathaṃ kathentassa neva kaṅkhā, na vimati, nāpi – ‘‘evaṃ kira taṃ, evaṃ me ācariyena vutta’’nti iti kira na dandhāyitattaṃ na vitthāyitattaṃ atthi . Ekaccesu ca kira ṭhānesu buddhā aññātakavesena vicaranti, sammāsambuddho nu kho esoti ahudeva saṃsayo, ahu vimati. Yato anena anāgāmiphalaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, atha ayaṃ me satthāti niṭṭhaṃ gato. Yadi evaṃ kasmā accayaṃ na desesīti. Okāsābhāvato. Bhagavā hi yathānikkhittāya mātikāya acchinnadhāraṃ katvā ākāsagaṅgaṃ otārento viya desanaṃ desesiyeva.
363 「不吞没」(Anajjhositā):他觉知那些感受不应像吞下后被消化那样去执取。「不欢喜」(Anabhinanditā):他觉知不应以渴爱与邪见去欢喜它们。显示巴利原文
363.Soti arahā. Anajjhositāti gilitvā pariniṭṭhāpetvā gahetuṃ na yutthāti pajānāti. Anabhinanditāti taṇhādiṭṭhivasena abhinandituṃ na yuttāti pajānāti.
364 「离系而感受它」(Visaṁyutto naṁ vedetī):如果对他而言,由乐受生起贪随眠,由苦受生起嗔随眠,由不苦不乐受生起无明随眠,那便称为「系缚而感受」。然而,由于这些随眠不再生起,他便「离系而感受」,即是出离、彻底解脱。「以身行为边际的」(Kāyapariyantikaṁ):以身行为的尽头为限。意思是,只要身体还在延续,感受便会生起;此后感受便不再生起。下一句(以命行为边际的)也应同样理解。「对那些不被欢喜的,将变得冷却」(Anabhinanditāni sītībhavissantīti):因为在十二处中没有烦恼的浸润,所以对这些感受不欢喜,它们便在十二处中灭尽。虽然烦恼是以涅槃为所缘而灭尽,然而那个「无烦恼」之处,就被说成烦恼在那里灭尽。这一意义应当通过「此处,渴爱正灭尽时便灭尽」的集灭问题来阐明。因此,世尊虽然指的是依于涅槃而已经冷却的(烦恼),却说「将在这里冷却」。难道这里说的不是感受,而是烦恼吗?即使是指感受,也是由于没有烦恼而变得冷却;否则,它们(感受)显示巴利原文
364.Visaṃyutto naṃ vedetīti sace hissa sukhavedanaṃ ārabbha rāgānusayo, dukkhavedanaṃ ārabbha paṭighānusayo, itaraṃ ārabbha avijjānusayo uppajjeyya, saṃyutto vediyeyya nāma. Anuppajjanato pana visaṃyutto naṃ vedeti nissaṭo vippamutto. Kāyapariyantikanti kāyakoṭikaṃ. Yāva kāyapavattā uppajjitvā tato paraṃ anuppajjanavedananti attho. Dutiyapadepi eseva nayo. Anabhinanditāni sītībhavissantīti dvādasasu āyatanesu kilesānaṃ visevanassa natthitāya anabhinanditāni hutvā idha dvādasasuyeva āyatanesu nirujjhissanti. Kilesā hi nibbānaṃ āgamma niruddhāpi yattha natthi, tattha niruddhāti vuccanti. Svāyamattho – ‘‘etthesā taṇhā nirujjhamānā nirujjhatī’’ti samudayapañhena dīpetabbo. Tasmā bhagavā nibbānaṃ āgamma sītibhūtānipi idheva sītībhavissantīti āha. Nanu ca idha vedayitāni vuttāni, na kilesāti. Vedayitānipi kilesābhāveneva sītībhavanti. Itarathā nesaṃ sītibhāvo nāma natthīti suvuttametaṃ.
365 「正是这样」(Evamevakho):此处以譬喻来对应说明。譬如有人,油灯在燃烧,当油烧尽时他便添油,灯芯烧尽时便加灯芯,这样灯焰便持续不断。同样地,凡夫住于某一有之中,造作善与不善业,由此便不断投生于善趣和恶趣,感受也就持续不断。又譬如有人对灯焰生起厌离,心想:「正是因为有了这个人,灯焰才不熄灭。」于是隐藏起来,砍下那人的头。这样一来,灯芯与油便无人添加,灯焰因无燃料而熄灭。同样地,对轮回生起厌离的修行者,以阿拉汉道断除了善与不善业;由于业被断除,漏尽比丘于身坏命终之后,感受便不再生起了。显示巴利原文
365.Evamevakhoti ettha idaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ – yathā hi eko puriso telapadīpassa jhāyato tele khīṇe telaṃ āsiñcati, vaṭṭiyā khīṇāya vaṭṭiṃ pakkhipati, evaṃ dīpasikhāya anupacchedova hoti, evameva puthujjano ekasmiṃ bhave ṭhito kusalākusalaṃ karoti, so tena sugatiyañca apāyesu ca nibbattatiyeva, evaṃ vedanānaṃ anupacchedova hoti. Yathā paneko dīpasikhāya ukkaṇṭhito – ‘‘imaṃ purisaṃ āgamma dīpasikhā na upacchijjatī’’ti nilīno tassa purisassa sīsaṃ chindeyya, evaṃ vaṭṭiyā ca telassa ca anupahārā dīpasikhā anāhārā nibbāyati, evameva vaṭṭe ukkaṇṭhito yogāvacaro arahattamaggena kusalākusalaṃ samucchindati, tassa samucchinnattā khīṇāsavassa bhikkhuno kāyassa bhedā puna vedayitāni na uppajjantīti.
因此,因为在初始阶段,依于定与观的智慧,阿拉汉果的智慧更为殊胜,所以如此说。“成就如此”(Evaṁ samannāgato)意为:成就了这种最上的阿拉汉果智慧作为住处。“一切苦灭尽智”(Sabbadukkhakkhaye ñāṇaṁ)在阿拉汉道中是指道智,但在此经中则意指阿拉汉果智。因此他说:“他的那种解脱,立足于真实,不可动摇。”显示巴利原文
Tasmāti yasmā ādimhi samādhivipassanāpaññāhi arahattaphalapaññā uttaritarā, tasmā. Evaṃ samannāgatoti iminā uttamena arahattaphalapaññādhiṭṭhānena samannāgato. Sabbadukkhakkhayeñāṇaṃ nāma arahattamagge ñāṇaṃ, imasmiṃ pana sutte arahattaphale ñāṇaṃ adhippetaṃ. Tenevāha tassa sā vimutti sacce ṭhitā akuppā hotīti.
366 在此,“解脱”(vimutti)指阿拉汉果的解脱,“真实”(sacca)指究竟真实——涅槃。如此,以不可动摇的所缘为对象,故称为“不动摇”。“虚妄”(musā)即不真实。“有虚妄法”(mosadhamma)指具有坏灭性质的事物。“那真实”(taṁ sacca)即那不虚妄、有真实自性的。“无虚妄法”(amosadhamma)指无坏灭性质的事物。显示巴利原文
366. Ettha hi vimuttīti arahattaphalavimutti, saccanti paramatthasaccaṃ nibbānaṃ. Iti akuppārammaṇakaraṇena akuppāti vuttā. Musāti vitathaṃ. Mosadhammanti nassanasabhāvaṃ. Taṃ saccanti taṃ avitathaṃ sabhāvo. Amosadhammanti anassanasabhāvaṃ.
因此,因为在初始阶段,依于止观之力,从言说真实(世俗谛)、苦圣谛与集圣谛的角度来看,究竟真实——涅槃——是更为殊胜的,所以如此说。“成就如此”(Evaṁ samannāgato)意为:成就了这最上的、以究竟真实为住处。显示巴利原文
Tasmāti yasmā ādito samathavipassanāvasena vacīsaccato dukkhasaccasamudayasaccehi ca paramatthasaccaṃ nibbānameva uttaritaraṃ, tasmā. Evaṃ samannāgatoti iminā uttamena paramatthasaccādhiṭṭhānena samannāgato.
367 「过去」:指凡夫时期。「依着」:即这些依着——蕴依着、烦恼依着、行依着、五欲依着。「已完全受持」:意为圆满受取并执持了最上者。「因此」:由于最初依止观而舍断烦恼,又由预流道等舍断烦恼,而依阿拉汉道断除烦恼最为超胜,故说因此。「如此具足」:即以此最胜的舍断为立足处而具足。显示巴利原文
367.Pubbeti puthujjanakāle. Upadhīhontīti khandhūpadhi kilesūpadhi abhisaṅkhārūpadhi pañcakāmaguṇūpadhīti ime upadhayo honti. Samattā samādinnāti paripūrā gahitā paramaṭṭhā. Tasmāti yasmā ādito samathavipassanāvasena kilesapariccāgato, sotāpattimaggādīhi ca kilesapariccāgato arahattamaggeneva kilesapariccāgo uttaritaro, tasmā. Evaṃ samannāgatoti iminā uttamena cāgādhiṭṭhānena samannāgato.
368 「嗔害」等词:能造作嗔害故,称为嗔害;能恼害故,称为恼害;能完全腐化故,称为恼害——这三词所说即是嗔不善根。「因此」:由于最初依止观而寂静烦恼,又由预流道等寂静烦恼,而依阿拉汉道寂静烦恼最为超胜,故说因此。「如此具足」:即以此最胜的寂静为立足处而具足。显示巴利原文
368.Āghātotiādīsu āghātakaraṇavasena āghāto, byāpajjanavasena byāpādo, sampadussanavasena sampadosoti tīhi padehi dosākusalamūlameva vuttaṃ. Tasmāti yasmā ādito samathavipassanāvasena kilesavūpasamato, sotāpattimaggādīhi kilesavūpasamato ca arahattamaggeneva kilesavūpasamo uttaritaro, tasmā. Evaṃ samannāgatoti iminā uttamena upasamādhiṭṭhānena samannāgato.
369 「这些是妄想」:指三种妄想——爱妄想、慢妄想、见妄想,此三者皆可成立。而于「此是我」一语中,唯取一种,即爱妄想。「病」等词:以逼迫义说为病,以内在毒害义说为疮,以穿入义说为箭。「牟尼寂者被称作」:即漏尽牟尼被称为寂静、般涅槃者。「住于何处」:谓安住于某处。「以略说」:据说,诸佛的一切教说皆是略说,并无所谓的广说,《发趣大论》亦是略说。如此,世尊便将开示连贯导入了相应的关联。又,于四种人——略说即悟者等——之中,弗迦娑提善男子属于广解知者,因此,世尊是以广解知者为主要对象而讲说此《界分别经》。显示巴利原文
369.Maññitametanti taṇhāmaññitaṃ mānamaññitaṃ diṭṭhimaññitanti tividhampi vaṭṭati. Ayamahamasmīti ettha pana ayamahanti ekaṃ taṇhāmaññitameva vaṭṭati. Rogotiādīsu ābādhaṭṭhena rogo, antodosaṭṭhena gaṇḍo, anupaviṭṭhaṭṭhena sallaṃ. Muni santoti vuccatīti khīṇāsavamuni santo nibbutoti vuccati. Yattha ṭhitanti yasmiṃ ṭhāne ṭhitaṃ. Saṃkhittenāti buddhānaṃ kira sabbāpi dhammadesanā saṃkhittāva, vitthāradesanā nāma natthi, samantapaṭṭhānakathāpi saṃkhittāyeva. Iti bhagavā desanaṃ yathānusandhiṃ pāpesi. Ugghāṭitaññūtiādīsu pana catūsu puggalesu pukkusāti kulaputto vipañcitaññū, iti vipañcitaññuvasena bhagavā imaṃ dhātuvibhaṅgasuttaṃ kathesi.
370 “尊者,我的钵与衣尚不具足”:为何这位善男子的神通所成钵衣不会出现?因为过去未曾布施八种资具。然而,这位善男子确实曾行布施、发过誓愿,故不能说‘因为未曾布施’。不过,神通所成钵衣只会出现在最后生者的身上,而这位善男子还要再次结生,因此不会出现。那么,世尊为何不亲自为他寻找钵衣并令他受具足戒呢?因为没有适当的时机。这位善男子的寿命已尽,而且有一位住于净居天的不还果大梵天,恰似来到这陶匠屋中安坐一般。因此,世尊没有亲自去寻找。显示巴利原文
370.Na kho me, bhante, paripuṇṇaṃ pattacīvaranti kasmā kulaputtassa iddhimayapattacīvaraṃ na nibbattanti. Pubbe aṭṭhannaṃ parikkhārānaṃ adinnattā. Kulaputto hi dinnadāno katābhinīhāro, na dinnattāti na vattabbaṃ. Iddhimayapattacīvaraṃ pana pacchimabhavikānaṃyeva nibbattati, ayañca punapaṭisandhiko, tasmā na nibbattanti. Atha bhagavā sayaṃ pariyesitvā kasmā na upasampādesīti. Okāsābhāvato. Kulaputtassa āyu parikkhīṇaṃ, suddhāvāsiko anāgāmī mahābrahmā kumbhakārasālaṃ āgantvā nisinno viya ahosi. Tasmā sayaṃ na pariyesi.
“出去寻找钵与衣”:他是在何时出去的?在日出时分。据说,世尊说法结束、日出与光芒放射,这三者发生在同一刹那。据说,世尊刚说完法,便放出六色光芒,整座陶匠的住处顿成一片光明,六色光芒交织成网、聚集成团,竞相奔流,遍照四方各处,犹如裹覆金布一般,又像绽放各色花朵、闪耀宝珠般灿烂。世尊决意:‘让城中居民看见我吧。’城中居民见到世尊后,便互相转告:‘听说导师来了,正坐在陶匠屋里呢。’并禀告了国王。显示巴利原文
Pattacīvarapariyesanaṃ pakkāmīti kāya velāya pakkāmi? Uṭṭhite aruṇe. Bhagavato kira dhammadesanāpariniṭṭhānañca aruṇuṭṭhānañca rasmivissajjanañca ekakkhaṇe ahosi. Bhagavā kira desanaṃ niṭṭhapetvāva chabbaṇṇarasmiyo vissajji, sakalakumbhakāranivesanaṃ ekapajjotaṃ ahosi, chabbaṇṇarasmiyo jālajālā puñjapuñjā hutvā vidhāvantiyo sabbadisābhāge suvaṇṇapaṭapariyonaddhe viya ca nānāvaṇṇakusumaratanavisarasamujjale viya ca akaṃsu. Bhagavā ‘‘nagaravāsino maṃ passantū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Nagaravāsino bhagavantaṃ disvāva ‘‘satthā kira āgato, kumbhakārasālāya kira nisinno’’ti aññamaññassa ārocetvā rañño ārocesuṃ.
国王前来,礼敬导师后问:‘尊者,您是何时来的?’答道:‘大王,是昨日日落时分。’又问:‘世尊因何事而来?’‘你们的朋友弗迦娑提王,听闻你们送去的消息后,便离家出家,以我为目标而来。他越过舍卫城,走了四十五由旬,进入这座陶匠屋坐下。我是为了摄受他而来,为他说法,善男子已证得三果,大王。’‘现在他在何处,尊者?’‘他请求受具足戒,但因钵衣尚未具足,便出去寻找钵衣了,大王。’国王于是朝着善男子离去的方向走去。世尊则从空中返回,直接出现在祇园香室。显示巴利原文
Rājā āgantvā satthāraṃ vanditvā, ‘‘bhante, kāya velāya āgatatthā’’ti pucchi. Hiyyo sūriyatthaṅgamanavelāya mahārājāti. Kena kammena bhagavāti? Tumhākaṃ sahāyo pukkusāti rājā tumhehi pahitaṃ sāsanaṃ sutvā nikkhamitvā pabbajitvā maṃ uddissa āgacchanto sāvatthiṃ atikkamma pañcacattālīsa yojanāni āgantvā imaṃ kumbhakārasālaṃ pavisitvā nisīdi, ahaṃ tassa saṅgahatthaṃ āgantvā dhammakathaṃ kathesiṃ, kulaputto tīṇi phalāni paṭivijjhi mahārājāti. Idāni kahaṃ, bhanteti? Upasampadaṃ yācitvā aparipuṇṇapattacīvaratāya pattacīvarapariyesanatthaṃ gato mahārājāti. Rājā kulaputtassa gatadisābhāgena agamāsi. Bhagavāpi ākāsenāgantvā jetavanagandhakuṭimhiyeva pāturahosi.
善男子寻找钵与衣时,既没有去频婆娑罗王那里,也没有去塔迦斯喇的商人那里。据说他心中这样想:‘我不应像鸡那样到处挑拣合意与不合意之后才去寻找钵衣;应当避开大城,在渡口、坟场、垃圾堆间的小巷里寻找。’于是他便在巷子里、在垃圾堆中寻找布片。显示巴利原文
Kulaputtopi pattacīvaraṃ pariyesamāno neva bimbisārarañño na takkasīlakānaṃ jaṅghavāṇijānaṃ santikaṃ agamāsi. Evaṃ kirassa ahosi – ‘‘na kho me kukkuṭassa viya tattha tattha manāpāmanāpameva vicinitvā pattacīvaraṃ pariyesituṃ yuttaṃ, mahantaṃ nagaraṃ vajjitvā udakatitthasusānasaṅkāraṭṭhānaantaravīthīsu pariyesissāmī’’ti antaravīthiyaṃ saṅkārakūṭesu tāva pilotikaṃ pariyesituṃ āraddho.
“夺去了生命”:当他正在垃圾堆上察看布片时,一只受惊的小母牛冲过来,用角刺击,夺去了他的生命。善男子腹中饥饿,在虚空中便寿命尽竭,坠落在地。他在垃圾堆上俯面朝下,宛如一尊金像。他命终之后,投生于无热梵天界,结生的当下便证得阿拉汉果。据说,在无热梵天界,有的众生刚结生即有七人证得阿拉汉果。正如所说的那样:显示巴利原文
Jīvitā voropesīti etasmiṃ saṅkārakūṭe pilotikaṃ olokentaṃ vibbhantā taruṇavacchā gāvī upadhāvitvā siṅgena vijjhitvā ghātesi. Chātakajjhatto kulaputto ākāseyeva āyukkhayaṃ patvā patito. Saṅkāraṭṭhāne adhomukhaṭṭhapitā suvaṇṇapaṭimā viya ahosi, kālaṅkato ca pana avihābrahmaloke nibbatti, nibbattamattova arahattaṃ pāpuṇi. Avihābrahmaloke kira nibbattamattāva satta janā arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Vuttañhetaṃ –
生于无热天者,乃七位解脱比丘,
他们已灭尽贪与嗔,渡越世间难舍的爱执。
优波迦、帕罗犍陀与弗迦娑提,此三位
跋提、犍陀提婆、跋呼罗基与辛义尧
他们舍弃了人身,便超越天界之束缚。”(《相应部》1.50, 105)
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Avihaṃ upapannāse, vimuttā satta bhikkhavo; Rāgadosaparikkhīṇā, tiṇṇā loke visattikaṃ. Ke ca te ataruṃ paṅkaṃ, maccudheyyaṃ suduttaraṃ; Ke hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, dibbayogaṃ upaccaguṃ. Upako palagaṇḍo ca, pukkusāti ca te tayo; Bhaddiyo khaṇḍadevo ca, bāhuraggi ca siṅgiyo; Te hitvā mānusaṃ dehaṃ, dibbayogaṃ upaccagu’’nti. (saṃ. ni. 1.50, 105);
频婆娑罗王也心想:“我的同伴仅仅读了我遣人送去的教法信,便放下了即将到手的王位,不远千里来到这里。这位善男子所做的实在是极为难得,我应当以出家者应得的礼遇来尊敬他。”于是,他派人四处寻找:“去把我的同伴找出来。”派去的人在一处垃圾堆中见到了他,便回去禀报国王。国王前去,看见那位善男子后,悲叹道:“唉,贤者啊!我们终究未能及时礼敬我的同伴,致使他落得这般孤苦无依的境地。”悲叹过后,国王命人用床榻抬起善男子,安顿在合适的地方。因不知如何礼敬尚未受具足戒之人,他便召来浴仆、理发师等,为善男子洗净头部,穿上洁净的衣服,并以王家服饰为他装点,然后将他安奉在金轿之上,以种种乐器、香料、花鬘等作供养,抬至城外。又以大量香木堆成高大的柴堆,为善男子举行了遗体的火化仪式后,收取舍利,建塔供奉。其余各处的义理都很显然。显示巴利原文
Bimbisāropi ‘‘mayhaṃ sahāyo mayā pesitasāsanamattaṃ vācetvā hatthagataṃ rajjaṃ pahāya ettakaṃ addhānaṃ āgato, dukkaraṃ kataṃ kulaputtena, pabbajitasakkārena taṃ sakkarissāmī’’ti ‘‘pariyesatha me sahāyaka’’nti tattha tattha pesesi. Pesitā taṃ addasaṃsu saṅkāraṭṭhāne patitaṃ, disvā āgamma rañño ārocesuṃ. Rājā gantvā kulaputtaṃ disvā – ‘‘na vata, bho, labhimhā sahāyakassa sakkāraṃ kātuṃ, anātho me jāto sahāyako’’ti. Paridevitvā kulaputtaṃ mañcakena gaṇhāpetvā yuttokāse ṭhapetvā anupasampannassa sakkāraṃ kātuṃ jānanābhāvena nhāpakakappakādayo pakkosāpetvā kulaputtaṃ sīsaṃ nhāpetvā suddhavatthāni nivāsāpetvā rājavesena alaṅkārāpetvā sovaṇṇasivikaṃ āropetvā sabbatāḷāvacaragandhamālādīhi pūjaṃ karonto nagarā nīharitvā bahūhi gandhakaṭṭhehi mahācitakaṃ kāretvā kulaputtassa sarīrakiccaṃ katvā dhātuyo ādāya cetiyaṃ patiṭṭhapesi. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
第十一、《谛分别经》释义显示巴利原文
11. Saccavibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā
371 371. 以“如是我闻”开篇的这部经,就是《谛分别经》。其中,“宣说”是指:这名为“苦圣谛”……乃至……这名为“导向苦灭之道圣谛”。其余的语句也以同样的方式理解。此外,这里“施设”是指安立苦谛等;犹如安置座位时,便称作“施设座位”。“建立”即是施设。“开显”是令其显露。“分别”是加以区分的动作。“令明了”则是使其变得明显清晰。显示巴利原文
371.Evaṃme sutanti saccavibhaṅgasuttaṃ. Tattha ācikkhanāti idaṃ dukkhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ nāma…pe… ayaṃ dukkhanirodhagāminī paṭipadā ariyasaccaṃ nāmāti. Sesapadesupi eseva nayo. Apicettha paññāpanā nāma dukkhasaccādīnaṃ ṭhapanā. Āsanaṃ ṭhapento hi āsanaṃ paññapetīti vuccati. Paṭṭhapanāti paññāpanā. Vivaraṇāti vivaṭakaraṇā. Vibhajanāti vibhāgakiriyā. Uttānīkammanti pākaṭabhāvakaraṇaṃ.
“帮助者”是指他们以两种摄受——财物摄受和法摄受——来帮助他人。“生者”指生育的母亲。“养育者”指抚养者。这是用来说明“目犍连如同养母”。因为生母怀胎九月或十月,期间远离酸涩等食物,把孩子孕育在腹中;孩子出生后,便托付给养母,也就是乳母。乳母用乳汁、鲜奶油等食物将孩子养育长大;长大以后,他便能自在地生活。同样地,舍利弗以这两种摄受去摄受在他自己或他人座下出家的人,照料生病者,让他们从事业处。当他发现他们证得了入流果,已从恶趣的怖畏中解脱之后,他便不再挂念他们,心想:“从今以后,他们会靠自己的努力证得更高的道果。”随后,他就去教导其他新人。而大目犍连也同样地摄受在自己或他处出家的人,让他们从事业处,即使他们已经证得了下面三种果位,他对他们也不会产生“不再挂心”的想法。为什么呢?据说他这样想:世尊曾说过:“比丘们,正如哪怕少许的粪便也是臭的……乃至……少许的尿、唾液、脓、血也是臭的;同样地,比丘们,我对于那一点点‘有’也不赞叹,即使是弹指间那么短暂的‘有’也不赞叹。”因此,只要……显示巴利原文
Anuggāhakāti āmisasaṅgahena dhammasaṅgahenāti dvīhipi saṅgahehi anuggāhakā. Janetāti janikā mātā. Āpādetāti posetā. Posikamātā viya moggallānoti dīpeti. Janikamātā hi nava vā dasa vā māse loṇambilādīni pariharamānā kucchiyā dārakaṃ dhāretvā kucchito nikkhantaṃ posikamātaraṃ dhātiṃ paṭicchāpeti. Sā khīranavanītādīhi dārakaṃ posetvā vaḍḍheti, so vuddhimāgamma yathāsukhaṃ vicarati. Evameva sāriputto attano vā paresaṃ vā santike pabbajite dvīhi saṅgahehi saṅgaṇhanto gilāne paṭijagganto kammaṭṭhāne yojetvā sotāpannabhāvaṃ ñatvā apāyabhayehi vuṭṭhitakālato paṭṭhāya – ‘‘idāni paccattapurisakārena uparimagge nibbattessantī’’ti tesu anapekkho hutvā aññe nave nave ovadati. Mahāmoggallānopi attano vā paresaṃ vā santike pabbajite tatheva saṅgaṇhitvā kammaṭṭhāne yojetvā heṭṭhā tīṇi phalāni pattesupi anapekkhataṃ na āpajjati. Kasmā? Evaṃ kirassa hoti – vuttaṃ bhagavatā – ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, appamattakopi gūtho duggandho hoti…pe… appamattakampi muttaṃ… kheḷo… pubbo… lohitaṃ duggandhaṃ hoti, evameva kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, appamattakampi bhavaṃ na vaṇṇemi antamaso accharāsaṅghatamattampī’’ti (a. ni. 1.320-321). Tasmā yāva arahattaṃ na pāpuṇanti, tāva tesu anapekkhataṃ anāpajjitvā arahattaṃ pattesuyeva āpajjatīti. Tenāha bhagavā – ‘‘seyyathāpi, bhikkhave, janetā evaṃ sāriputto. Seyyathāpi jātassa āpādetā, evaṃ moggallāno. Sāriputto, bhikkhave, sotāpattiphale vineti, moggallāno uttamatthe’’ti. Pahotīti sakkoti.
“苦上的智”是指闻、思惟、证悟的智慧;同样地,“苦的集”也是如此。对于“苦的灭”,则是闻与证悟的智慧;对于“导向苦灭的道”,也是这样。在出离思惟等当中,由于它是对治欲贪的作用,或是从欲界脱离的状态,或是在思惟欲的时候生起,或是在作意击破欲、令欲止息的时候生起,或是在远离欲的境界中生起,因此称为“出离思惟”。其余两个词——无恚思惟、无害思惟的解释,也是这个道理。所有这些思惟在道的预备阶段,出现在不同的心中;在道的那一刹那,则出现在同一个心中。因为在那时,只得到一个能破断邪思惟心所的单一正思惟,而不是不同的多个思惟。对于正语等也是如此:在预备阶段,出现在不同的心中;按前述的道理,在道的那一刹那,则出现在同一个心中。这是此处的简要说明,至于详细的内容,在《清净道论》和《正见经》等经典中已经说过了。显示巴利原文
Dukkheñāṇanti savanasammasanapaṭivedhañāṇaṃ, tathā dukkhasamudaye. Dukkhanirodhe savanapaṭivedhañāṇanti vaṭṭati, tathā dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya. Nekkhammasaṅkappādīsu kāmapaccanīkaṭṭhena, kāmato nissaṭabhāvena vā, kāmaṃ sammasantassa uppannoti vā, kāmapadaghātaṃ kāmavūpasamaṃ karonto uppannoti vā, kāmavivittante uppannoti vā nekkhammasaṅkappo. Sesapadadvayepi eseva nayo. Sabbepi cete pubbabhāge nānācittesu, maggakkhaṇe ekacitte labbhanti. Tatra hi micchāsaṅkappacetanāya samugghātako ekova saṅkappo labbhati, na nānā labbhati . Sammāvācādayopi pubbabhāge nānācittesu, vuttanayeneva maggakkhaṇe ekacitte labbhanti. Ayamettha saṅkhepo, vitthārena pana saccakathā visuddhimagge ca sammādiṭṭhisutte (ma. ni. 1.89 ādayo) ca vuttāyevāti.
第十二 供施分别经的注释显示巴利原文
12. Dakkhiṇāvibhaṅgasuttavaṇṇanā
376 376. “如是我闻”等是《供施分别经》。在这里,“大爱道”:其中“瞿昙弥”是姓。在她命名的那天,被请来的婆罗门们看到她相好圆满,便说:“如果这个女孩将来生女,她的女儿会成为转轮王的王后;如果生男,儿子会成为转轮王。无论哪种情况,她的后代都会非常广大。”于是给她取名为“摩诃波阇波提”(大生主)。这里结合姓,称为“摩诃波阇波提·瞿昙弥”(大爱道)。“新”是指新作的。“亲手织”并不是她亲自用双手织的,而是有一天,她由一群乳母围绕着,来到织工织布的地方,抓住经线端,做出织布的姿势。这是指那件事说的。显示巴利原文
376.Evaṃme sutanti dakkhiṇāvibhaṅgasuttaṃ. Tattha mahāpajāpati gotamīti gotamīti gottaṃ. Nāmakaraṇadivase panassā laddhasakkārā brāhmaṇā lakkhaṇasampattiṃ disvā – ‘‘sace ayaṃ dhītaraṃ labhissati, cakkavattirañño aggamahesī bhavissati. Sace puttaṃ labhissati, cakkavattirājā bhavissatīti ubhayathāpi mahatīyevassā pajā bhavissatī’’ti byākariṃsu. Athassā mahāpajāpatīti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Idha pana gottena saddhiṃ saṃsanditvā mahāpajāpatigotamīti vuttaṃ. Navanti ahataṃ. Sāmaṃ vāyitanti na sahattheneva vāyitaṃ, ekadivasaṃ pana dhātigaṇaparivutā sippikānaṃ vāyanaṭṭhānaṃ āgantvā vemakoṭiṃ gahetvā vāyanākāraṃ akāsi. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ.
那么大爱道是什么时候生起要供养世尊一套双面衣料的心呢?是在世尊证得正自觉,第一次回到迦毗罗卫城的时候。那时,净饭王将正在城中乞食的世尊迎请到自己的王宫中。大爱道见到世尊的容貌如此庄严,心想:“我的儿子真是容光焕发啊!”于是生起强烈的喜悦。接着又想:“我儿子在俗家生活了二十九年,哪怕是一个芒果的滋味,也都是由我给的。现在我要供养他一套衣料。”她又想到:“虽然这王宫里有众多名贵的布料,但那些都不能让我满足;只有亲手做的才能让我满意。我要亲手做好再供养。”于是生起了这样的心愿。显示巴利原文
Kadā pana gotamiyā bhagavato dussayugaṃ dātuṃ cittaṃ uppannanti. Abhisambodhiṃ patvā paṭhamagamanena kapilapuraṃ āgatakāle. Tadā hi piṇḍāya paviṭṭhaṃ satthāraṃ gahetvā suddhodanamahārājā sakaṃ nivesanaṃ pavesesi, atha bhagavato rūpasobhaggaṃ disvā mahāpajāpatigotamī cintesi – ‘‘sobhati vata me puttassa attabhāvo’’ti. Athassā balavasomanassaṃ uppajji. Tato cintesi – ‘‘mama puttassa ekūnatiṃsa vassāni agāramajjhe vasantassa antamaso mocaphalamattampi mayā dinnakameva ahosi, idānipissa cīvarasāṭakaṃ dassāmī’’ti. ‘‘Imasmiṃ kho pana rājagehe bahūni mahagghāni vatthāni atthi, tāni maṃ na tosenti, sahatthā katameva maṃ toseti, sahatthā katvā dassāmī’’ti cittaṃ uppādesi.
于是,她从市场取来棉花,亲手剥、弹,纺成细线,又在王宫内的厅室中召来织工,用自己的嚼食与啖食供给她们,令其织布。她也时常由一群乳母陪伴,前去执持织机末端。织成之后,她隆重地供养了织工们,将两件布料放入香盒熏香,随后禀告国王:“我要去将此衣料送与我的儿子。”国王便命人清理道路:街道被打扫干净,安置了满水壶,悬挂起幢幡,从王宫大门一路至榕树园,铺满鲜花。大爱道也佩戴上所有饰物,由乳母们簇拥着,将香盒顶在头上,来到世尊面前,说道:“尊者,这是我新织成的两件布料……”等等。显示巴利原文
Athantarāpaṇā kappāsaṃ āharāpetvā sahattheneva pisitvā pothetvā sukhumasuttaṃ kantitvā antovatthusmiṃyeva sālaṃ kārāpetvā sippike pakkosāpetvā sippikānaṃ attano paribhogakhādanīyabhojanīyameva datvā vāyāpesi, kālānukālañca dhātigaṇaparivutā gantvā vemakoṭiṃ aggahesi. Niṭṭhitakāle sippikānaṃ mahāsakkāraṃ katvā dussayugaṃ gandhasamugge pakkhipitvā vāsaṃ gāhāpetvā – ‘‘mayhaṃ puttassa cīvarasāṭakaṃ gahetvā gamissāmī’’ti rañño ārocesi . Rājā maggaṃ paṭiyādāpesi, vīthiyo sammajjitvā puṇṇaghaṭe ṭhapetvā dhajapaṭākā ussāpetvā rājagharadvārato paṭṭhāya yāva nigrodhārāmā maggaṃ paṭiyādāpetvā pupphābhikiṇṇaṃ akaṃsu. Mahāpajāpatipi sabbālaṅkāraṃ alaṅkaritvā dhātigaṇaparivutā samuggaṃ sīse ṭhapetvā bhagavato santikaṃ gantvā idaṃ me, bhante, navaṃ dussayugantiādimāha.
第二次,当世尊说“大爱道,供养给僧团吧”时,她便请求道:“尊者,我完全可以从库房取出布料,供养百位比丘、千位比丘,乃至十万位比丘。但这两件衣料,是我特意为世尊亲手纺、亲手织的。尊者,愿世尊接受它吧。”如此,她请求了三次,世尊依然未予接受。显示巴利原文
Dutiyampi khoti ‘‘saṅghe gotami dehī’’ti vutte – ‘‘pahomahaṃ, bhante, dussakoṭṭhāgārato bhikkhusatassāpi bhikkhusahassassāpi bhikkhusatasahassassāpi cīvaradussāni dātuṃ, idaṃ pana me bhagavantaṃ uddissa sāmaṃ kantaṃ sāmaṃ vāyitaṃ, taṃ me, bhante, bhagavā paṭiggaṇhātū’’ti nimantayamānā āha. Evaṃ yāvatatiyaṃ yāci, bhagavāpi paṭikkhipiyeva.
那么,世尊为何要把供养自己的衣料转予比丘僧团呢?是出于对母亲的哀愍。据说他这样思量:“她缘于我,已生起了前思、脱思、后思这三种思。接下来,让她也缘于僧团而生起同样的思,如此六种思结合在一起,便能长久地给她带来利益与安乐。”然而,有一个诡辩家说:“因为供养僧团的果报更大,所以世尊才这样说。”应如此反驳他:“你岂认为供养僧团的果报,比供养佛陀本人更大?”若他答“是”,便问:“有经证吗?”他或会引用:“大爱道,你供养僧团吧。你供养了僧团,也即供养了我,同时也供养了僧团。”再问:“这经文的意趣果真如此吗?”答:“正是这样。”若是如此,那么依“阿难,将残食给予那些食残食者吧”(《波逸提》269)及“迦旃延,将糖给予那些食残食者吧”(《大品》284)等说法,就应当推论供养食残食者果报更大了。同理,佛陀将自己应受的供养转施他人,犹如国王、大臣等将自己收到的礼物转赐象夫等辈,难道因此,这些转受者就比国王等人更为尊贵了吗?因此,不应这样认为。显示巴利原文
Kasmā pana bhagavā attano diyyamānaṃ bhikkhusaṅghassa dāpetīti? Mātari anukampāya. Evaṃ kirassa ahosi – ‘‘imissā maṃ ārabbha pubbacetanā muñcacetanā paracetanāti tisso cetanā uppannā, bhikkhusaṅghampissā ārabbha uppajjantu, evamassā cha cetanā ekato hutvā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya pavattissantī’’ti. Vitaṇḍavādī panāha – ‘‘saṅghe dinnaṃ mahapphalanti tasmā evaṃ vutta’’nti. So vattabbo – ‘‘kiṃ tvaṃ satthu dinnato saṅghe dinnaṃ mahapphalataraṃ vadasī’’ti āma vadāmīti. Suttaṃ āharāti. Saṅghe gotami dehi, saṅghe te dinne ahañceva pūjito bhavissāmi saṅgho cāti. Kiṃ panassa suttassa ayameva atthoti ? Āma ayamevāti. Yadi evaṃ ‘‘tena hānanda, vighāsādānaṃ pūvaṃ dehī’’ti ca (pāci. 269) ‘‘tena hi tva, kaccāna, vighāsādānaṃ guḷaṃ dehī’’ti (mahāva. 284) ca vacanato vighāsādānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphalatarañca bhaveyya. Evampi hi ‘‘satthā attano diyyamānaṃ dāpetī’’ti. Rājarājamahāmattādayopi attano āgataṃ paṇṇākāraṃ hatthigopakādīnaṃ dāpenti, te rājādīhi mahantatarā bhaveyyuṃ. Tasmā mā evaṃ gaṇha –
于此世间及他方世间,无人与佛陀相等,更无人能超越他;
无有与佛陀相等或更殊胜者;
他已证得应受供养者之无上境界,
为了那些希求福德、追求广大果报的人。
显示巴利原文 ‘‘Nayimasmiṃ loke parasmiṃ vā pana, Buddhena seṭṭho sadiso vā vijjati; Yamāhuneyyānamaggataṃ gato, Puññatthikānaṃ vipulaphalesina’’nti. –
因为依佛陀所言,确实没有比佛陀更堪受供养之人。这样一来,她的六重思心所合在一起,便能长夜带来利益与安乐。正是为此,世尊三次婉拒后,让她将供养献予了僧团。显示巴利原文
Vacanato hi satthārā uttaritaro dakkhiṇeyyo nāma natthi. Evamassā cha cetanā ekato hutvā dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissantīti sandhāya yāvatatiyaṃ paṭibāhitvā saṅghassa dāpesi.
同时,世尊这样说,也是为了令后世众生于僧团生起恭敬心。据说他心里这样想:“我于世不久住,然而我的教法当安立于比丘僧团之中。愿后人对僧团生起恭敬。”因此,三次婉拒之后,便让她将供养献予了僧团。如此一来,后人便会想:“导师连自己应受的供养也让予了僧团,僧团确为堪受供养的对象。”从而于僧团生起恭敬,知应供养四种资具。僧团因得四种资具而无有疲厌,便能研学佛语,修行沙门法。这样,我的教法就能住世五千年。从“请世尊接受,尊者!”这句话,也可了知“没有比导师更堪受供养之人”,因为阿难长老对摩诃波阇波提既无怨恨,亦无敌意。长老并不希望她的供养成为无大果报,因为长老乃智者、多闻、证得无碍解的有学圣者,正是见到供养佛陀有大果报,才请求说:“请世尊接受,尊者!”显示巴利原文
Pacchimāya janatāya saṅghe cittīkārajananatthaṃ cāpi evamāha. Evaṃ kirassa ahosi – ‘‘ahaṃ na ciraṭṭhitiko, mayhaṃ pana sāsanaṃ bhikkhusaṅghe patiṭṭhahissati, pacchimā janatā saṅghe cittīkāraṃ janetū’’ti yāvatatiyaṃ paṭibāhitvā saṅghassa dāpesi. Evañhi sati – ‘‘satthā attano diyyamānampi saṅghassa dāpesi, saṅgho nāma dakkhiṇeyyo’’ti pacchimā janatā saṅghe cittīkāraṃ uppādetvā cattāro paccaye dātabbe maññissati, saṅgho catūhi paccayehi akilamanto buddhavacanaṃ uggahetvā samaṇadhammaṃ karissati. Evaṃ mama sāsanaṃ pañca vassasahassāni ṭhassatīti. ‘‘Paṭiggaṇhātu, bhante, bhagavā’’ti vacanatopi cetaṃ veditabbaṃ ‘‘satthārā uttaritaro dakkhiṇeyyo nāma natthī’’ti. Na hi ānandattherassa mahāpajāpatiyā āghāto vā veraṃ vā atthi. Na thero – ‘‘tassā dakkhiṇā mā mahapphalā ahosī’’ti icchati. Paṇḍito hi thero bahussuto sekkhapaṭisambhidāpatto , so satthu dinnassa mahapphalabhāve sampassamānova paṭiggaṇhātu, bhante, bhagavāti gahaṇatthaṃ yāci.
又有诡辩家说:“您将供养施与僧团时,我既受供养,僧团亦受供养。”据此便认为导师属于僧团。应反问他:“你可知有多少皈依处?有多少种不坏净信?”若他知道,便会说有三种。然后可告诉他:依你所见,导师既然属于僧团,便只有两种了。若如此,世尊曾开许:“诸比丘,我允许依此三种皈依出家、受具足戒。”这般开许的出家受具便失效了。如此,你既非出家人,也非在家人。而且,当正自觉者坐于香室中时,比丘们举行布萨、自恣及僧团羯磨。若导师属于僧团,这些便无从成立,但它们确实成立。因此,不应说“导师属于僧团”。显示巴利原文
Puna vitaṇḍavādī āha – ‘‘saṅghe te dinne ahañceva pūjito bhavissāmi saṅgho cā’’ti vacanato satthā saṅghapariyāpanno vāti. So vattabbo – ‘‘jānāsi pana tvaṃ kati saraṇāni, kati aveccappasādā’’ti jānanto tīṇīti vakkhati, tato vattabbo – tava laddhiyā satthu saṅghapariyāpannattā dveyeva honti. Evaṃ sante ca – ‘‘anujānāmi, bhikkhave, imehi tīhi saraṇagamanehi pabbajjaṃ upasampada’’nti (mahāva. 34) evaṃ anuññātā pabbajjāpi upasampadāpi na ruhati. Tato tvaṃ neva pabbajito asi, na gihi. Sammāsambuddhe ca gandhakuṭiyaṃ nisinne bhikkhū uposathampi pavāraṇampi saṅghakammānipi karonti, tāni satthu saṅghapariyāpannattā kuppāni bhaveyyuṃ, na ca honti. Tasmā na vattabbametaṃ ‘‘satthā saṅghapariyāpanno’’ti.
377 “āpādikā”:意为养育者,即在你们手足尚不能行使手足功用时,扶持你们手足、照料你们的人,这是其含义。“posikā”:一天两三次为你们沐浴、喂食、饮水,养育你们的人。“给予乳汁”:据说难陀王子仅比菩萨小几天,当他出生后,摩诃波阇波提将自己的儿子托付给乳母,自己亲身担负起菩萨乳母的职责,以自身乳汁哺育。长老正是针对此事而说。如此讲述了摩诃波阇波提的大恩之后,为说明如来亦有大恩,世尊接下来宣说“尊者!”等。其中,“尊者,由于世尊”(bhagavantaṃ, bhante, āgamma)之义为:依靠、依止、关于世尊。显示巴利原文
377.Āpādikāti saṃvaḍḍhikā, tumhākaṃ hatthapādesu hatthapādakiccaṃ asādhentesu hatthe ca pāde ca vaḍḍhetvā paṭijaggikāti attho. Posikāti divasassa dve tayo vāre nhāpetvā bhojetvā pāyetvā tumhe posesi. Thaññaṃ pāyesīti nandakumāro kira bodhisattato katipāheneva daharo, tasmiṃ jāte mahāpajāpati attano puttaṃ dhātīnaṃ datvā sayaṃ bodhisattassa dhātikiccaṃ sādhayamānā attano thaññaṃ pāyesi. Taṃ sandhāya thero evamāha. Iti mahāpajāpatiyā bahūpakārataṃ kathetvā idāni tathāgatassa bahūpakārataṃ dassento bhagavāpi, bhantetiādimāha. Tattha bhagavantaṃ, bhante, āgammāti bhagavantaṃ paṭicca nissāya sandhāya.
378 接着,世尊随喜二者中更为殊胜的恩德,宣说了“确实,阿难……”等。其中,“阿难,若人依于人(yaṃ hānanda, puggalo puggalaṃ āgamma)”,即指弟子依于师长。“阿难,对此人,因此人(imassānanda, puggalassa iminā puggalena)”,即为这位师长,由于此弟子。“我说不易报答(na suppaṭikāraṃ vadāmi)”,意即我说要作相应的回报并非易事。在敬礼等之中,见到老师而行敬礼,名为“敬礼”。又或不论老师住在哪一方向,于威仪路中作意时,亦面向彼方礼拜而行、礼拜而坐、礼拜而卧;而远远见到老师即起立、前往迎接,名为“起迎”。见到老师后,合掌举至头顶礼敬老师,或不论老师住于何方,皆向彼方如此致敬,行、住、坐时皆合掌礼敬,此称为“合掌”。行适宜之事,名为“如法恭敬”。显示巴利原文
378. Atha bhagavā dvīsu upakāresu atirekataraṃ anumodanto evametantiādimāha. Tattha yaṃ hānanda, puggalo puggalaṃ āgammāti yaṃ ācariyapuggalaṃ antevāsikapuggalo āgamma. Imassānanda, puggalassa iminā puggalenāti imassa ācariyapuggalassa iminā antevāsikapuggalena. Na suppaṭikāraṃ vadāmīti paccūpakāraṃ na sukaraṃ vadāmi, abhivādanādīsu ācariyaṃ disvā abhivādanakaraṇaṃ abhivādanaṃ nāma. Yasmiṃ vā disābhāge ācariyo vasati, iriyāpathe vā kappento tadabhimukho vanditvā gacchati, vanditvā nisīdati, vanditvā nipajjati, ācariyaṃ pana dūratova disvā paccuṭṭhāya paccuggamanakaraṇaṃ paccuṭṭhānaṃ nāma. Ācariyaṃ pana disvā añjaliṃ paggayha sīse ṭhapetvā ācariyaṃ namassati, yasmiṃ vā disābhāge so vasati, tadabhimukhopi tatheva namassati, gacchantopi ṭhitopi nisinnopi añjaliṃ paggayha namassatiyevāti idaṃ añjalikammaṃ nāma. Anucchavikakammassa pana karaṇaṃ sāmīcikammaṃ nāma. Cīvarādīsu cīvaraṃ dento na yaṃ vā taṃ vā deti, mahagghaṃ satamūlikampi pañcasatamūlikampi sahassamūlikampi detiyeva . Piṇḍapātādīsupi eseva nayo. Kiṃ bahunā, catūhi paṇītapaccayehi cakkavāḷantaraṃ pūretvā sinerupabbatena kūṭaṃ gahetvā dentopi ācariyassa anucchavikaṃ kiriyaṃ kātuṃ na sakkotiyeva.
379 为何开始宣说“有十四种”呢?此经是针对个人供养的布施而说。阿难长老也劝请“请世尊接受”,正是劝请进行个人供养。为了表明在这十四种情况下所作的布施即称为个人供养,所以开始了这一开示。“这第一种”:这种供养从功德上说是第一,也从最殊胜的意义上说是第一。因为这是第一、最上、最殊胜的供养,这种供养没有限量。第二、第三种供养也是胜妙的,其余的则不能达到胜妙的状态。“对于外在的欲乐已经离贪的人”:指业论者、实行论者中证得世间五种神通的人。“凡夫持戒者”:凡夫持戒者是指具有牛戒特质的人,即正直、不虚伪、不压迫他人,以公平合法的方式,通过耕种或经商来谋生的人。“凡夫破戒者”:凡夫破戒者,例如渔夫、捕鱼人等,是依靠压迫他人来谋生的人。显示巴利原文
379.Cuddasa kho panimāti kasmā ārabhi? Idaṃ suttaṃ pāṭipuggalikaṃ dakkhiṇaṃ ārabbha samuṭṭhitaṃ. Ānandattheropi ‘‘paṭiggaṇhātu, bhante, bhagavā’’ti pāṭipuggalikadakkhiṇaṃyeva samādapeti, cuddasasu ca ṭhānesu dinnadānaṃ pāṭipuggalikaṃ nāma hotīti dassetuṃ imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Ayaṃ paṭhamāti ayaṃ dakkhiṇā guṇavasenapi paṭhamā jeṭṭhakavasenapi. Ayañhi paṭhamā aggā jeṭṭhikā, imissā dakkhiṇāya pamāṇaṃ nāma natthi. Dutiyatatiyāpi paramadakkhiṇāyeva, sesā paramadakkhiṇabhāvaṃ na pāpuṇanti. Bāhirake kāmesu vītarāgeti kammavādikiriyavādimhi lokiyapañcābhiññe. Puthujjanasīlavanteti puthujjanasīlavā nāma gosīladhātuko hoti, asaṭho amāyāvī paraṃ apīḷetvā dhammena samena kasiyā vā vaṇijjāya vā jīvikaṃ kappetā. Puthujjanadussīleti puthujjanadussīlā nāma kevaṭṭamacchabandhādayo paraṃ pīḷāya jīvikaṃ kappetā.
现在,为了厘清个人供养的果报,他开始说“在那里,阿难……”等。在这里,「畜生」指的是:如果布施给畜生道众生是出于德行考量、为了帮助或养育它们,这并不被计入。即使只给一小团、半小团食物,也不被计入。唯有当对狗、猪、鸡、乌鸦等任何众生,存着期望果报的心,随意给足食物,这才是针对此而说的“施畜生以布施”。「百倍」就是指获得百种功德利益。「应期望的」就是可以希求的。意思是:这样的供养带给人寿百、色百、乐百、力百、辩才百等五种百功德;在一百次有身中,它赋予寿、赋予色、乐、力、辩才,使其无所畏惧。即使说百生,意思也一样。用这个方法,所有情况都应这样理解。显示巴利原文
Idāni pāṭipuggalikadakkhiṇāya vipākaṃ paricchindanto tatrānandātiādimāha. Tattha tiracchānagateti yaṃ guṇavasena upakāravasena posanatthaṃ dinnaṃ, idaṃ na gahitaṃ. Yampi ālopaaḍḍhaālopamattaṃ dinnaṃ, tampi na gahitaṃ. Yaṃ pana sunakhasūkarakukkuṭakākādīsu yassa kassaci sampattassa phalaṃ paṭikaṅkhitvā yāvadatthaṃ dinnaṃ, idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘tiracchānagate dānaṃ datvā’’ti. Sataguṇāti satānisaṃsā. Pāṭikaṅkhitabbāti icchitabbā. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ayaṃ dakkhiṇā āyusataṃ vaṇṇasataṃ sukhasataṃ balasataṃ paṭibhānasatanti pañca ānisaṃsasatāni deti, attabhāvasate āyuṃ deti, vaṇṇaṃ, sukhaṃ, balaṃ, paṭibhānaṃ deti, nipparitasaṃ karoti. Bhavasatepi vutte ayameva attho. Iminā upāyena sabbattha nayo netabbo.
在「为作证入流果而行道者」这一说法里,从最低限度说,已经皈依三宝的在家弟子也算作“为作证入流果而行道者”,对他所做的布施同样也是不可计算、不可测量的。立于五戒者的布施,比这更上而有大果;立于十戒者更上;当天出家的沙弥更上;具足戒的比丘更上;具足戒而又具足义务的比丘更上;修习观者更上;精进修习观者更上。然而,以最高限度来说,当下具足道心的修行人,就称为“为作证入流果而行道者”。对他所做的布施,比起前者更加有大果。显示巴利原文
Sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanneti ettha heṭṭhimakoṭiyā tisaraṇaṃ gato upāsakopi sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno nāma, tasmiṃ dinnadānampi asaṅkhyeyyaṃ appameyyaṃ. Pañcasīle patiṭṭhitassa tato uttari mahapphalaṃ, dasasīle patiṭṭhitassa tato uttari, tadahupabbajitassa sāmaṇerassa tato uttari, upasampannabhikkhuno tato uttari, upasampannasseva vattasampannassa tato uttari, vipassakassa tato uttari, āraddhavipassakassa tato uttari, uttamakoṭiyā pana maggasamaṅgī sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanno nāma. Etassa dinnadānaṃ tato uttari mahapphalameva.
那么,能否布施给具足道心者呢?能。因为精进修观者会持钵与衣入村乞食。当他站在一户人家门前时,有人从他手中接过钵,放入嚼食与啖食。就在那一刻,那位比丘发生从道心出起的情形,这份布施便称为“施与道俱足者”。或者,他正坐在食堂中,人们上前将嚼食啖食放进他的钵里,在那一刻他发生了从道心出起,这也称为“施与道俱足者”。又或者,他住在寺院或座堂里,在家信众取走他的钵,回到家中装入嚼食啖食后送来,在那一刻他发生从道心出起,这同样称为“施与道俱足者”。于此应知:布施给“为证入流果而修行者”的功德,其不可计量犹如水沟之水;而布施给入流者等更高圣者的功德,其依层级递增的不可计量,则如一条条大河乃至大海之水。这一义理,也可以用从大地上指甲扬起的一小撮土,直至整个大地的土无可测量来说明。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ pana maggasamaṅgissa sakkā dānaṃ dātunti? Āma sakkā. Āraddhavipassako hi pattacīvaramādāya gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisati, tassa gehadvāre ṭhitassa hatthato pattaṃ gahetvā khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ pakkhipanti. Tasmiṃ khaṇe bhikkhuno maggavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, idaṃ dānaṃ maggasamaṅgino dinnaṃ nāma hoti. Atha vā panesa āsanasālāya nisinno hoti, manussā gantvā patte khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ ṭhapenti, tasmiṃ khaṇe tassa maggavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, idampi dānaṃ maggasamaṅgino dinnaṃ nāma. Atha vā panassa vihāre vā āsanasālāya vā nisinnassa upāsakā pattaṃ ādāya attano gharaṃ gantvā khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ pakkhipanti, tasmiṃ khaṇe tassa maggavuṭṭhānaṃ hoti, idampi dānaṃ maggasamaṅgino dinnaṃ nāma. Tattha soṇḍiyaṃ udakassa viya sotāpattiphalasacchikiriyāya paṭipanne dinnadānassa asaṅkhyeyyatā veditabbā. Tāsu tāsu mahānadīsu mahāsamudde ca udakassa viya sotāpannādīsu dinnadānassa uttaritaravasena asaṅkhyeyyatā veditabbā. Pathaviyā khayamaṇḍalamatte padese paṃsuṃ ādiṃ katvā yāva mahāpathaviyā paṃsuno appameyyatāyapi ayamattho dīpetabbo.
380 为何开始宣说这“七种”呢?因为世尊曾这样说:“乔达弥,你布施给僧团吧,若你布施给僧团,则我亦得恭敬,僧团亦得恭敬。”为了说明在这七种对象中所作的布施即名为“施与僧团”,所以开始了这段教导。其中,“以佛为上首的两众僧团”是指:一边是比丘僧团,一边是比丘尼僧团,导师坐于中间,这便称为以佛为上首的两众僧团。这第一种供养,没有任何供养能与之匹敌。第二种等其余供养,都达不到这最上供养的层次。显示巴利原文
380.Satta kho panimāti kasmā ārabhi? ‘‘Saṅghe gotami dehi, saṅghe te dinne ahañceva pūjito bhavissāmi saṅgho cā’’ti hi vuttaṃ, tattha sattasu ṭhānesu dinnadānaṃ saṅghe dinnaṃ nāma hotīti dassetuṃ imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha buddhappamukhe ubhatosaṅgheti ekato bhikkhusaṅgho, ekato bhikkhunisaṅgho, satthā majjhe nisinno hotīti ayaṃ buddhappamukho ubhatosaṅgho nāma. Ayaṃ paṭhamāti imāya dakkhiṇāya samappamāṇā dakkhiṇā nāma natthi. Dutiyadakkhiṇādayo pana etaṃ paramadakkhiṇaṃ na pāpuṇanti.
那么,如来般涅槃后,还能供养以佛为上首的两众僧团吗?能。如何做呢?在两众僧团前,将供有舍利的佛像安置于法座上,放好托盘等器具,从献上净水开始,一切物品都先供养导师,其次再给两众僧团。如此便名为“供养以佛为上首的两众僧团”。其中,供养导师的那一份应如何处理?应给予那位随侍导师、戒行具足的比丘。因为父亲的财物归属儿子;若想布施给比丘僧团也是可以的,但取了酥油后应以此点燃灯明,取了布料后应做成幢幡悬挂。“比丘僧团”是指整体不分彼此的大比丘僧团。比丘尼僧团也是同样的道理。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ pana tathāgate parinibbute buddhappamukhassa ubhatosaṅghassa dānaṃ dātuṃ sakkāti? Sakkā. Kathaṃ? Ubhatosaṅghassa hi pamukhe sadhātukaṃ paṭimaṃ āsane ṭhapetvā ādhārakaṃ ṭhapetvā dakkhiṇodakaṃ ādiṃ katvā sabbaṃ satthu paṭhamaṃ datvā ubhatosaṅghassa dātabbaṃ, evaṃ buddhappamukhassa ubhatosaṅghassa dānaṃ dinnaṃ nāma hoti. Tattha yaṃ satthu dinnaṃ, taṃ kiṃ kātabbanti? Yo satthāraṃ paṭijaggati vattasampanno bhikkhu, tassa dātabbaṃ. Pitusantakañhi puttassa pāpuṇāti, bhikkhusaṅghassa dātumpi vaṭṭati, sappitelāni pana gahetvā dīpā jalitabbā, sāṭakaṃ gahetvā paṭākā āropetabbāti. Bhikkhusaṅgheti aparicchinnakamahābhikkhusaṅghe. Bhikkhunisaṅghepi eseva nayo.
「种姓者」,指仅仅是承受出家种姓之分的人,也就是名义上的沙门,是这个意思。「袈裟缠颈者」就是那些所谓的袈裟缠颈人。据说他们会把一小块袈裟布缠在手上或脖子上到处走。而他们的家门口,儿女妻子、耕田经商等事务,却还是跟世俗人一个样。对于他们这些无戒德的人,指定僧团而施与,在这一句里并没有说“无戒僧团”,因为僧团本身没有“无戒”这回事。不过是那些在家信徒,以那无戒的比丘们为对象,心里存着“我供的是僧团”的念头而做布施罢了。因此,世尊开示说:以佛为上首的僧团中,所施的供养,以功德数量来算也是不可计算的;而在袈裟缠颈那样的僧团中,所施的供养,同样以功德数量也是不可计算的。因为能够对僧团真心生起恭敬的人,他做的才是僧团供养;而要对僧团生起恭敬心,是很难的。显示巴利原文
Gotrabhunoti gottamattakameva anubhavamānā, nāmamattasamaṇāti attho. Kāsāvakaṇṭhāti kāsāvakaṇṭhanāmakā. Te kira ekaṃ kāsāvakhaṇḍaṃ hatthe vā gīvāya vā bandhitvā vicarissanti . Gharadvāraṃ pana tesaṃ puttabhariyā kasivaṇijjādikammāni ca pākatikāneva bhavissanti. Tesu dussīlesu saṅghaṃ uddissa dānaṃ dassantīti ettha dussīlasaṅghanti na vuttaṃ. Saṅgho hi dussīlo nāma natthi. Dussīlā pana upāsakā tesu dussīlesu bhikkhusaṅghaṃ uddissa saṅghassa demāti dānaṃ dassanti. Iti bhagavatā buddhappamukhe saṅghe dinnadakkhiṇāpi guṇasaṅkhāya asaṅkhyeyyāti vuttaṃ. Kāsāvakaṇṭhasaṅghe dinnadakkhiṇāpi guṇasaṅkhāyeva asaṅkhyeyyāti vuttā. Saṅghagatā dakkhiṇā hi saṅghe cittīkāraṃ kātuṃ sakkontassa hoti, saṅghe pana cittīkāro dukkaro hoti.
若有人心想“我要作僧团供养”,便将布施之物备好,去到寺院,说:“尊者,请以僧团的名义,为我指定一位上座。” 若他从僧团那里得到一位沙弥,心中便生起分别,想:“我得到的是沙弥。” 那么,他的供养就不成为僧团供养。即便得到的是大上座,若心中欢喜地想“我得到大上座了”,这同样不成为僧团供养。相反,不论从僧团得到的是沙弥、具足戒者、年少比丘、上座、凡庸者还是智者,只要他心无分别,坚定地想“我施予僧团”,对僧团生起恭敬心,他的供养方为僧团供养。据说住在海外的居士们正是这样做的。显示巴利原文
Yo hi saṅghagataṃ dakkhiṇaṃ dassāmīti deyyadhammaṃ paṭiyādetvā vihāraṃ gantvā, – ‘‘bhante, saṅghaṃ uddissa ekaṃ theraṃ dethā’’ti vadati, atha saṅghato sāmaṇeraṃ labhitvā ‘‘sāmaṇero me laddho’’ti aññathattaṃ āpajjati, tassa dakkhiṇā saṅghagatā na hoti. Mahātheraṃ labhitvāpi ‘‘mahāthero me laddho’’ti somanassaṃ uppādentassāpi na hotiyeva. Yo pana sāmaṇeraṃ vā upasampannaṃ vā daharaṃ vā theraṃ vā bālaṃ vā paṇḍitaṃ vā yaṃkiñci saṅghato labhitvā nibbematiko hutvā saṅghassa demīti saṅghe cittīkāraṃ kātuṃ sakkoti, tassa dakkhiṇā saṅghagatā nāma hoti. Parasamuddavāsino kira evaṃ karonti.
譬如,有一位护持寺院的居士家主,心想:“我要作僧团供养。”便请僧团指定后,说:“请给我一位比丘。” 他得到一位戒行不净的比丘,便将那位比丘将坐之处打扫干净,铺设座位,上方悬挂华盖,以香、熏烟、鲜花作供养,又为其洗足涂油,如同向佛陀作最上礼敬一般,怀着对僧团的恭敬心而行布施。午后,那位比丘因需修缮寺院,来到他家门口说:“给我一把锄头。” 居士便就着原位,用脚将锄头踢过去,说:“拿去吧。” 有人看见后,便问他:“您早晨对这位尊者的礼敬,实在难以言说,现在却连一点表示都没有,这是怎么回事?” 居士回答:“尊者,那是出于对僧团的恭敬,并非对此人。” 那么,对于“袈裟缠颈僧团”所作的布施,由谁来净化它呢?是由舍利弗、目犍连等八十位大上座所净化。而且,纵使那些上座早已般涅槃,自彼时起至今仍住在世间的诸漏尽者,也同样净化它。显示巴利原文
Tattha hi eko vihārasāmi kuṭumbiko ‘‘saṅghagataṃ dakkhiṇaṃ dassāmī’’ti saṅghato uddisitvā ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ dethāti yāci. So ekaṃ dussīlabhikkhuṃ labhitvā nisinnaṭṭhānaṃ opuñjāpetvā āsanaṃ paññāpetvā upari vitānaṃ bandhitvā gandhadhūmapupphehi pūjetvā pāde dhovitvā telena makkhetvā buddhassa nipaccakāraṃ karonto viya saṅghe cittīkārena deyyadhammaṃ adāsi. So bhikkhu pacchābhattaṃ vihārajagganatthāya kudālakaṃ dethāti gharadvāraṃ āgato, upāsako nisinnova kudālaṃ pādena khipitvā ‘‘gaṇhā’’ti adāsi. Tamenaṃ manussā āhaṃsu – ‘‘tumhehi pātova etassa katasakkāro vattuṃ na sakkā, idāni upacāramattakampi natthi, kiṃ nāmeta’’nti. Upāsako – ‘‘saṅghassa so ayyā cittīkāro, na etassā’’ti āha. Kāsāvakaṇṭhasaṅghassa dinnadakkhiṇaṃ pana ko sodhetīti? Sāriputtamoggallānādayo asīti mahātherā sodhentīti. Apica therā ciraparinibbutā, there ādiṃ katvā yāvajja dharamānā khīṇāsavā sodhentiyeva.
然而,阿难,“我绝不以任何方便说,对僧团所做的布施……”这句话中,有以佛为上首的僧团、现在的僧团,以及未来身着袈裟的僧团。以佛为上首的僧团,不应与现在的僧团相提并论;现在的僧团,也不应与未来身着袈裟的僧团相提并论。应当各依当时的情况来论。因为,若将由僧团指定后所得的凡夫沙门作为个人布施的对象,则等同于布施给入流者;然而,对于能对僧团生起恭敬心的人来说,布施给凡夫沙门,所得的果报反而更大。同样地,若将由僧团指定后所得的入流者作为个人布施的对象,则等同于布施给一来者等,道理亦复如是。因为,对于能对僧团生起恭敬心的人来说,就算布施给由僧团指定后所得的破戒者,所得的果报也比布施给诸漏尽者更大。但是,“大王,布施持戒者得大果报,布施破戒者则不然”这句话,应当撇开前述理路,置于“阿难,有这四种布施的清净”这四种分类之中来看待。显示巴利原文
Na tvevāhaṃ, ānanda, kenaci pariyāyena saṅghagatāya dakkhiṇāyāti ettha atthi buddhappamukho saṅgho, atthi etarahi saṅgho, atthi anāgate kāsāvakaṇṭhasaṅgho. Buddhappamukho saṅgho etarahi saṅghena na upanetabbo, etarahi saṅgho anāgate kāsāvakaṇṭhasaṅghena saddhiṃ na upanetabbo. Tena teneva samayena kathetabbaṃ. Saṅghato uddisitvā gahitasamaṇaputhujjano hi pāṭipuggaliko sotāpanno, saṅghe cittīkāraṃ kātuṃ sakkontassa puthujjanasamaṇe dinnaṃ mahapphalataraṃ. Uddisitvā gahito sotāpanno pāṭipuggaliko sakadāgāmītiādīsupi eseva nayo. Saṅghe cittīkāraṃ kātuṃ sakkontassa hi khīṇāsave dinnadānato uddisitvā gahite dussīlepi dinnaṃ mahapphalatarameva . Yaṃ pana vuttaṃ ‘‘sīlavato kho, mahārāja, dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, no tathā dussīle’’ti, taṃ imaṃ nayaṃ pahāya ‘‘catasso kho imānanda, dakkhiṇā visuddhiyo’’ti imasmiṃ catukke daṭṭhabbaṃ.
381 “布施从施者方面得到清净”:此处的“清净”是指以大果报而清净,亦即成为大果报的意思。“善法”是指清净的法,而非邪恶的法。关于“布施从施者方面得到清净”,应当举毗输安多罗大王的故事。因为他将自己两个孩子施与了乞讨的婆罗门,令大地为之震动。显示巴利原文
381.Dāyakato visujjhatīti mahapphalabhāvena visujjhati, mahapphalā hotīti attho. Kalyāṇadhammoti sucidhammo, na pāpadhammo. Dāyakato visujjhatīti cettha vessantaramahārājā kathetabbo. So hi jūjakabrāhmaṇassa dārake datvā pathaviṃ kampesi.
“布施从受者方面得到清净”:关于这一点,应当讲那位住在迦留亚尼河口的渔夫的故事。据说,他三次供养迪高索马长老钵食,临终躺在床上的时候说道:“尊者啊,我供养给迪高索马长老的那份钵食,正在将我救拔出来啊!”显示巴利原文
Paṭiggāhakatovisujjhatīti ettha kalyāṇīnadīmukhadvāravāsikevaṭṭo kathetabbo. So kira dīghasomattherassa tikkhattumpi piṇḍapātaṃ datvā maraṇamañce nipanno ‘‘ayyassa maṃ dīghasomattherassa dinnapiṇḍapāto uddharatī’’ti āha.
“布施并非从施主方面得清净,亦非从受者方面得清净”:关于这一点,应述说那位住在瓦德哈马那的猎人的故事。据说,他在作施予亡者的功德时,仅对一位破戒者便供养了三次。第三次时,他高喊道:“一个非人,一个破戒者,正在抢夺我的功德!”后来,他布施给一位持戒比丘,就在供养送达的那一刻,果报便为他现前。显示巴利原文
Neva dāyakatoti ettha vaḍḍhamānavāsiluddako kathetabbo. So kira petadakkhiṇaṃ dento ekassa dussīlasseva tayo vāre adāsi, tatiyavāre ‘‘amanusso dussīlo maṃ vilumpatī’’ti viravi, ekassa sīlavantabhikkhuno datvā pāpitakāleyevassa pāpuṇi.
“布施既从施主、亦从受者两方面而得清净”:此处应讲述“无与伦比的布施”的故事。显示巴利原文
Dāyakato ceva visujjhatīti ettha asadisadānaṃ kathetabbaṃ.
“那布施从施主方面而得清净”:于此,正如一位善巧的农夫,即使获得贫瘠之田,仍能依时耕种,除去土块,播下优良种子,日夜守护、毫不放逸,结果反而比他人从肥沃之田收获更多谷物;同样地,持戒者即使布施给破戒者,也能获得广大果报。显示巴利原文
Sā dakkhiṇā dāyakato visujjhatīti ettha yathā nāma cheko kassako asārampi khettaṃ labhitvā samaye kasitvā paṃsuṃ apanetvā sārabījāni patiṭṭhapetvā rattindivaṃ ārakkhe pamādaṃ anāpajjanto aññassa sārakhettato adhikataraṃ dhaññaṃ labhati, evaṃ sīlavā dussīlassa datvāpi phalaṃ mahantaṃ adhigacchatīti. Iminā upāyena sabbapadesu visujjhanaṃ veditabbaṃ.
“离贪者向离贪者布施”:此处,“离贪者”指不来欲界的不还者(阿那含),而阿拉汉则是彻底、究竟的离贪者。因此,阿拉汉对阿拉汉的布施,方为最上。何以故?因其已无对生命居所的依着与希求。若问:“难道漏尽者不信布施果报吗?”信奉布施果报之人,并不同于漏尽者。漏尽者所造之业,已全然无欲贪,故既非善业亦非不善业,唯是“唯作”。正因如此,他们说这样的布施最为殊胜。显示巴利原文
Vītarāgo vītarāgesūti ettha vītarāgo nāma anāgāmī, arahā pana ekantavītarāgova, tasmā arahatā arahato dinnadānameva aggaṃ. Kasmā? Bhavālayassa bhavapatthanāya abhāvato. Nanu khīṇāsavo dānaphalaṃ na saddahatīti? Dānaphalaṃ saddahantā khīṇāsavasadisā na honti. Khīṇāsavena katakammaṃ pana nicchandarāgattā kusalaṃ vā akusalaṃ vā na hoti, kiriyaṭṭhāne tiṭṭhati, tenevassa dānaṃ aggaṃ hotīti vadanti.
那么,是正自觉者布施给舍利弗长老的果报更大,还是舍利弗长老布施给正自觉者的果报更大?他们说:是正自觉者布施给舍利弗长老的果报更大。因为,除正自觉者之外,再无任何人能真正彻知布施的果报。布施若能具足四种圆满,便能在现生之中感得果报。四种圆满为:所施之物,以如法、公正、不逼迫、不损恼他人的方式获得;从布施前的预思等各阶段,内心的思心所皆极广大;施者身为漏尽者,具备超胜的功德;并于当日,受施者恰好从灭定中出定,具足极为殊胜的福田成就。显示巴利原文
Kiṃ pana sammāsambuddhena sāriputtattherassa dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ, udāhu sāriputtattherena sammāsambuddhassa dinnanti. Sammāsambuddhena sāriputtattherassa dinnaṃ mahapphalanti vadanti. Sammāsambuddhañhi ṭhapetvā añño dānassa vipākaṃ jānituṃ samattho nāma natthi. Dānañhi catūhi sampadāhi dātuṃ sakkontassa tasmiṃyeva attabhāve vipākaṃ deti. Tatrimā sampadā – deyyadhammassa dhammena samena paraṃ apīḷetvā uppannatā, pubbacetanādivasena cetanāya mahattatā, khīṇāsavabhāvena guṇātirekatā, taṃdivasaṃ nirodhato vuṭṭhitabhāvena vatthusampannatāti.